summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/62027-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/62027-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/62027-0.txt7368
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7368 deletions
diff --git a/old/62027-0.txt b/old/62027-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 8727e86..0000000
--- a/old/62027-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7368 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Keeping His Course, by Ralph Henry Barbour
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Keeping His Course
-
-Author: Ralph Henry Barbour
-
-Illustrator: Walt Louderback
-
-Release Date: May 5, 2020 [EBook #62027]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KEEPING HIS COURSE ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- KEEPING HIS COURSE
-
-
-
-
-By Ralph Henry Barbour
-
-
-PURPLE PENNANT SERIES
-
- The Lucky Seventh
- The Secret Play
- The Purple Pennant
-
-
-YARDLEY HALL SERIES
-
- Forward Pass
- Double Play
- Winning His Y
- For Yardley
- Around the End
- Change Signals
-
-
-HILTON SERIES
-
- The Half-back
- For the Honor of the School
- Captain of the Crew
-
-
-ERSKINE SERIES
-
- Behind the Line
- Weatherby’s Inning
- On Your Mark
-
-
-THE “BIG FOUR” SERIES
-
- Four in Camp
- Four Afoot
- Four Afloat
-
-
-THE GRAFTON SERIES
-
- Rivals for the Team
- Winning His Game
- Hitting the Line
-
-
-BOOKS NOT IN SERIES
-
- Keeping His Course
- The Brother of a Hero
- Finkler’s Field
- Danforth Plays the Game
- Benton’s Venture
- The Junior Trophy
- The New Boy at Hilltop
- The Spirit of the School
- The Arrival of Jimpson
-
-
-D. APPLETON AND COMPANY, Publishers, New York
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: “Hold on! Isn’t that a sort of a light over there?”]
-
-
-
-
- KEEPING
- HIS COURSE
-
- BY
- RALPH HENRY BARBOUR
-
- AUTHOR OF
- “HITTING THE LINE,” “WINNING HIS GAME,”
- “RIVALS FOR THE TEAM,” ETC.
-
-
- [Illustration]
-
-
- ILLUSTRATED BY
- WALT LOUDERBACK
-
-
- D. APPLETON & COMPANY
- NEW YORK LONDON
- 1918
-
-
-
-
- Copyright, 1918, by
- D. APPLETON AND COMPANY
-
- Copyright, 1916, by
- The Commercial Advertiser Association
-
-
- Printed in the United States of America
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
- I. TOBY RESENTS AN INSULT 1
- II. THE _Turnover_ 13
- III. ARNOLD PAYS HIS DEBTS 26
- IV. FRIENDS AFLOAT 36
- V. SHOTS IN THE DARK 49
- VI. PURSUIT AND CAPTURE 62
- VII. THE STOLEN LAUNCH 75
- VIII. THE HIDDEN NAME 88
- IX. “THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS REWARD!” 100
- X. TOBY BLOCKS THE PLATE 112
- XI. TOBY MAKES UP HIS MIND 125
- XII. “T. TUCKER, PROP.” 143
- XIII. TRICK FOR TRICK 155
- XIV. TOBY IS DOWNHEARTED 170
- XV. PHEBE CHRISTENS THE KNOCKABOUT 181
- XVI. LOST IN THE FOG 193
- XVII. THE LIGHTED WINDOW 206
- XVIII. MR. TUCKER CONSENTS 220
- XIX. TOBY ACCEPTS A CHALLENGE 230
- XX. A CLOSE CALL 243
- XXI. THE DISTRESS SIGNAL 261
- XXII. INTO PORT 273
-
-
-
-
-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-
- “Hold on! Isn’t that a sort of a light over there?” _Frontispiece_
-
- FACING PAGE
-
- “We’ve gained like anything, Arn!” 66
-
- Toby pegged hard to Tim 122
-
- He consumed a large piece of apple pie 254
-
-
-
-
-KEEPING HIS COURSE
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-TOBY RESENTS AN INSULT
-
-
-A boy with light blue eyes that just about matched the slightly hazy
-June sky sat on the float below the town landing at Greenhaven, L. I.,
-and stared thoughtfully across harbor and bay to where, two miles
-northward, the village of Johnstown stretched along the farther shore.
-He had a round, healthy, and deeply tanned face of which a short nose,
-many freckles, the aforementioned blue eyes, and a somewhat square chin
-were prominent features. There was, of course, a mouth, as well, and
-that, too, was prominent just now, for it was puckered with the little
-tune that the boy was softly whistling. Under a sailor’s hat of white
-canvas the hair was brown, but a brown that only escaped being red by
-the narrowest of margins. That fact was a sore subject with Toby Tucker.
-
-Perhaps had his hair been really and truly red, beyond all question, he
-wouldn’t have minded being called “Ginger” and “Carrots” and “Sorrel
-Top” and “Red Head” and all the other names frequently――but usually
-from a safe distance――bestowed on him. Perhaps it was the injustice of
-it that hurt. That as may be, a hint that Toby’s hair was red――or even
-reddish――was equivalent to a declaration of war, and entailed similar
-consequences! He wore, besides the duck hat, a sailor’s jacket of like
-material, a pair of khaki trousers, and brown canvas “sneakers.” You
-wouldn’t have called him “smartly dressed,” perhaps, but what he wore
-seemed to suit him and was, at least, clean.
-
-From where he sat, perched on a box labeled “Sunny South Brand
-Tomatoes,” he had a clear view of Spanish Harbor, and beyond its mouth
-a wide expanse of Great Peconic Bay. Beyond that again lay the green
-fields and low, wooded hills of the north shore. A coal barge, which
-had lately discharged her cargo at Rollinson’s Wharf, was anchored in
-the middle channel, awaiting a tug. Nearer at hand were a half-dozen
-pleasure sailboats, a blunt-nosed, drab-hued fishing sloop, and a
-black launch, all tugging gently at their moorings on the incoming
-tide. On either side of the float a little company of rowboats and
-small launches rubbed sides. Behind him, the rusted iron wheels of the
-gangplank, leading to the wharf above, creaked as the float swung to
-the rising water.
-
-Toby had the landing to himself. The box on which he sat held
-provisions for the yacht _Penguin_, and some time around nine o’clock
-a tender was to call for them. Toby, when school wasn’t in session,
-did such odd jobs as fell to his hand, and just now, it being Saturday
-morning, he was earning a whole quarter of a dollar from Perkins &
-Howe, the grocers. Having propelled the box to the gangplank in a
-wheelbarrow, and slid it down to its present resting place, all that
-remained was to continue sitting right there until some one claimed it,
-a task which suited Toby perfectly.
-
-Not that he was especially lazy or disliked work, for he wasn’t
-and didn’t, but it was pleasantly hot today, and Toby was in a
-contemplative frame of mind, and sitting there in the sun, with
-the water lapping beneath him and the good smell of the sea in his
-nostrils, was very satisfying to Toby’s soul. The visions he saw with
-those blue eyes of his, squinted a bit because of the glare on the
-dancing water, must have been enthralling, since he didn’t observe the
-white launch that entered the harbor until it was almost up to the
-landing.
-
-Then the chug-chug of her exhaust caught his attention, and he shaded
-his eyes and observed her intently. She wasn’t very big, perhaps
-eighteen feet over all, and she had a spray hood in lieu of cabin.
-At present the hood was down, and Toby could see much mahogany and
-polished brass as the launch sped, head on, for the landing. There was
-only one passenger in sight, a boy of about Toby’s age, who stood at
-the wheel in the bow. Toby, who knew most of the craft that entered
-Spanish Harbor, failed to recognize this one. Nor did the name, in gilt
-letters on her nose, make him any wiser.
-
-“_Frolic_,” muttered Toby. “Never heard of her before. Must be a new
-one. Wonder where that lubber thinks he’s going to? He’ll be on the
-float in a minute if he doesn’t look out!”
-
-When about forty feet away the boy in the launch threw the clutch into
-reverse. There was much churning of green water under the stern, and
-the boat’s speed lessened, but what with the impetus given her and
-the incoming tide she seemed bound to either land high and dry on the
-float or to considerably damage her immaculate white and gold bow. The
-skipper dropped the wheel and looked excitedly around for a boat-hook.
-
-“Sheer off, you idiot!” cried Toby, nimbly scrambling out of the way.
-“Put your wheel over!”
-
-“Grab her!” responded the boy in the launch. “Fend her off!”
-
-Toby grunted. Then there was a crash, the float bobbed and shivered,
-and the white launch, finding further progress barred, rebounded from
-the obstacle in her path, and, leaving much fresh white paint on the
-canvas fender, churned merrily backward. Simultaneously two boys, one
-on the float and one in the launch, scrambled to their feet again and
-broke into speech.
-
-“Hey, you boob!” yelled Toby. “Look where you’re going! You’ll have her
-stern into that dory in a minute. Shut off your engine!”
-
-“Why didn’t you grab her?” demanded the boy in the launch angrily.
-“Couldn’t you see she was going to hit?”
-
-“I’d look nice trying to stop her, wouldn’t I?” countered Toby
-contemptuously. “Why don’t you learn to run a launch before you come
-around here destroying property? What were you trying to do, anyhow?
-Climb the gangplank in her?”
-
-“I couldn’t come in any way but straight on, could I? Look at all those
-boats along the sides! Why don’t they give a fellow a chance to get up
-here?”
-
-“Well, you’re not expected to make your landing at sixty miles an hour,
-you silly lubber. Here, hold that out and I’ll pull you in.”
-
-Somewhat disgruntled, the amateur navigator proffered the end of the
-boat-hook and in a jiffy the _Frolic_ was alongside. Toby returned
-to his seat on the box and watched the other make fast. Conscious of
-Toby’s ironical regard, the skipper of the _Frolic_ was flustered and
-awkward, and twice got the line tangled around his feet. When he stood
-up from his task, he was red of face and out of temper. “That suit your
-highness?” he inquired.
-
-Toby grinned. “Well, it ain’t customary in these parts to make a boat
-fast with a square knot, but I guess she’ll hold.”
-
-“You think you’re smart, don’t you?” sneered the other.
-
-Toby made no reply to that, merely smiling in a most exasperating
-manner. Presently, when the skipper of the _Frolic_ had laboriously
-shoved the launch out of the way, he looked questioningly about the
-landing.
-
-“Where can I get gasoline?” he asked more affably.
-
-Toby was maddeningly deliberate. “Gasoline?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“How much do you want?”
-
-“What’s that got to do with it?” demanded the other impatiently.
-
-“Well, if you want as much as ten gallons it would pay me to get it for
-you.”
-
-“I can get it myself if you’ll tell me where they keep it. Don’t they
-have it here at this landing? Isn’t this the town landing?”
-
-“Yes.” Toby looked around the float. “I don’t see any gasoline, though;
-do you?”
-
-“Well, then, where――――”
-
-“You can get all you want at Tucker’s wharf over there.”
-
-The other followed the direction of Toby’s pointing finger. “At the
-boat yard you mean?”
-
-Toby nodded. “Yes; just chug over there to the float where you see the
-red tank.”
-
-“Why couldn’t you tell me that before I tied up?”
-
-“You didn’t ask me.” The other grunted and set about casting off again,
-during which operation Toby studied him speculatively.
-
-He saw a boy of perhaps a year his senior, and Toby was fifteen,
-fairly tall, slim, and undeniably good looking. He had brown eyes
-and brown hair, the latter slicked back in a way that was strange
-and awe-inspiring to the observer, and his face, with its straight
-nose and somewhat pointed chin, lacked the healthy coat of tan that
-Toby’s possessed. Yes, he was a good looking chap, Toby decided, but a
-most unpleasant and unlikable one. That fact, however, was not going
-to prevent Toby from making a sale, and when the visitor had sprung
-aboard, Toby glanced doubtfully at his box of groceries, swept the
-harbor without seeing anything that looked like the tender from the
-_Penguin_, and jumped lightly to the _Frolic_.
-
-“I’ll go over with you and get it,” he said. “Where’s your boat-hook?
-All right. Start her up!”
-
-The other viewed him doubtfully. “What have you got to do with it?” he
-asked, suspiciously.
-
-“That’s my father’s wharf, and he’s busy up in the shed. If it’s
-gasoline you want, I’m your man. Take her across easy now.”
-
-The engine started at half-speed, and the _Frolic_ slid quietly away
-from the town landing, past the end of the coal wharf, and across
-the Cove to the boat-yard landing. This time the launch’s operator
-performed his task more creditably and nestled up against the small
-float with no more damage to her paint. While he made her fast Toby
-sprang out and ran up the gangplank to the big red tank at the end of
-the wharf.
-
-“How much do you want?” he called back.
-
-“About nine, I guess. My tank holds ten, and I think there’s almost a
-gallon in it.”
-
-“All right.” Toby held a five-gallon can under the faucet and when it
-was full climbed down again and swung it to the bow of the launch.
-“Look out for the paint,” requested the other boy. “Wait till I get the
-funnel. Go ahead now.”
-
-Toby poured the contents of the can into the tank and returned again to
-the wharf. When the final four gallons had been added he set the can
-back on the float and observed: “One ninety-eight, please.”
-
-“One ninety―――― Say, how much do you charge a gallon?” exclaimed the
-other, incredulously.
-
-“Twenty-two cents. This is the best there is.”
-
-“Twenty-two! Why, I only paid twenty in New York the other day!”
-
-“You were lucky,” drawled Toby. “It’s twenty-two here. What you got
-was low-grade, I guess.”
-
-“Well, I don’t intend to pay any twenty-two cents. I’ll pay just what I
-paid in New York. Here’s two dollars, and I want twenty cents change.”
-
-Toby, hands in pockets, paid no heed to the proffered bill. Instead
-he looked speculatively at the little round hole through which the
-gasoline had disappeared. “It’s going to be hard to get it out of
-there,” he mused. “Maybe we can do it with a pump, though.”
-
-“Get it out? What for? Look here, twenty cents is enough and――――”
-
-“Not when the price is twenty-two,” replied Toby decidedly. “We charge
-the same as everywhere else here. You’d have paid twenty-two at the
-town landing just the same.”
-
-“At the town landing! You said they didn’t keep it there!”
-
-“No, sir, I didn’t. I said I didn’t see any.” Toby grinned. “And I
-didn’t, either. You can’t, from the float.”
-
-“You’re a smart guy, aren’t you?” said the other angrily. “You make me
-come away over here and then try to hold me up! Well, you can’t do it!
-You fork over twenty cents and you’ll get this two dollars, you――you
-red-headed cheat!”
-
-Toby’s grin faded instantly. “What did you call me?” he asked very
-quietly after a moment’s silence.
-
-“You heard it! Now you find twenty cents and――――”
-
-They were standing on the canvas-covered deck at the bow, a precarious
-place at the best, with the launch rolling a bit, and not at all the
-sort of place the _Frolic’s_ skipper would have selected for battle had
-he been allowed a choice. But he wasn’t, for his naughty remarks were
-rudely interrupted, rudely and unexpectedly! With something between a
-grunt and a snarl, Toby threw himself upon him.
-
-“Take it back!” he panted. “’Tain’t red, and you know it!”
-
-The older boy gave way before the sudden assault, tried to wrest his
-arms free from Toby’s grip, failed at that, and, bringing his greater
-weight to bear, forced the other back across the tiny decking. They
-struggled and panted, only the rubber soles they wore keeping them from
-going overboard.
-
-“Let me alone, you silly ass!” grunted the older youth. “We’ll both be
-in the water in a second.”
-
-“Take it back, then!” panted Toby. “’Tain’t red, is it?”
-
-“Yes, it is! It’s red as――as fire!” He wrenched an arm free and struck
-out angrily. The blow missed, and Toby caught at the arm, trying now
-to trip his opponent up. But the law of gravity cannot be trifled with
-forever, and what was bound to happen sooner or later happened right
-then. Toby’s leg worked behind the other; he bore back and――over they
-went, still tightly clasped together, with a splash that awoke the
-echoes of the Cove!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-THE _Turnover_
-
-
-They came up separately, Toby first. Fortunately for the boy of the
-launch, a good eight feet separated him from Toby at the moment of
-his emergence, for Toby was by no means satisfied and proved it by an
-earnest endeavor to reach his adversary before the latter could splash
-and flounder his way around the bow of the launch and throw himself,
-breathless and half-drowned, across the edge of the float. From that
-position he squirmed not an instant too soon and half-leaped and
-half-fell across the gunwale of the launch and seized the boat-hook.
-
-“Now, you wild idiot,” he gasped, “you keep away from me!”
-
-Toby viewed the situation, pulled himself to the float and grinned.
-“All right,” he said. “You got the best of it now, but it ain’t red,
-and I’ll make you say so sooner or later. Now you pay what you owe me.”
-
-An expression of blank dismay came to the other’s face, and he gazed
-anxiously about deck and water. “I dropped it! You made me do it, too!
-Now you find it!”
-
-Toby shrugged. “I guess it’s at the bottom now. Let me look.”
-
-“You stay where you are,” commanded the other, threatening again with
-his weapon.
-
-“I won’t do anything――honest,” assured Toby. “Not now, that is. Put
-that thing down and let me see if I can see your money.”
-
-In a moment the two were leaning over the side of the launch and
-peering into the water. But the surface was ruffled and it was
-impossible to see much below it. “When did you let go of it?” inquired
-Toby.
-
-“How do I know? When you grabbed me, I suppose.”
-
-“Haven’t you got any more money with you?”
-
-“No, I haven’t, and if I had I wouldn’t give it to you,” was the
-ungracious reply. Toby considered. Finally:
-
-“Well, I’ll take half the blame,” he decided, “but that’s all. You pay
-me ninety-nine cents and we’ll call it square.”
-
-“That’s twenty-two cents a gallon, though.”
-
-Toby nodded. “Sure. That’s the price.”
-
-After a moment’s consideration the other consented. “But you’ll have
-to trust me for it,” he said. “That two dollars was all I had.”
-
-“All right. What’s your name?”
-
-“Deering, Arnold Deering. I live on the Head.”
-
-“Spanish Head? Whose house have you got?”
-
-“We live in our own house. It’s called ‘Cedarcroft,’ and it’s the big
-one right at the end――――”
-
-“Oh, the new one that was built last winter? All right. Arnold Deering,
-eh? I’ll remember. You’re the fellow who owes me ninety-nine cents――and
-an apology.”
-
-“You’ll get the ninety-nine cents, all right; I’ll bring it over
-tomorrow. But you’ll have to whistle for any apology from me!”
-
-“I can whistle,” answered Toby undisturbedly.
-
-“You’ll have to!” Arnold was having difficulty with the knot he had
-tied. Toby looked on quizzically.
-
-“Those square knots――――” he began.
-
-“Oh, shut up!” Arnold finally cast loose and climbed aboard. “You get
-off now.”
-
-“I was thinking maybe you’d drop me at the town landing,” replied Toby
-calmly. “I’ve got a box of groceries over there.”
-
-“Well, all right, but you’ll have to jump. I don’t intend to stop for
-you.”
-
-“Sure. Reverse her when you start and back out. Put your wheel hard
-over and――――”
-
-“Say,” inquired Arnold belligerently, “who’s running this thing?”
-
-“You are. How long have you had her?”
-
-“About a week.”
-
-“She’s a nice boat. If I was you I’d learn to run her. Don’t do a boat
-any good to ram her into things.”
-
-“Is that so? I’ll bet I can run a launch as well as you can, you――――”
-
-“Careful!” warned Toby.
-
-“You fresh kid!”
-
-“All right. Look out for the coal wharf. Mr. Rollinson would be awfully
-mad if you carried away the end of it! Just slow her up and I’ll jump
-for it.”
-
-“I hope you fall in,” said the other vindictively. Toby laughed.
-
-“I wouldn’t be much wetter if I did! All right now. Thanks!” He made a
-flying leap over the four feet of water between launch and float and
-landed safely. Simultaneously Arnold twirled the wheel and the _Frolic_
-pointed her nose down the harbor and chugged indignantly away. Not,
-however, until Toby had sent a gentle reminder floating after her.
-
-“_Frolic_, ahoy!” he shouted.
-
-Arnold turned an inquiring head.
-
-“Don’t forget that ninety-nine cents! And remember I’m still whistling!”
-
-There was no reply, and Toby, seating himself on the box, chuckled
-wickedly and resumed his onerous task.
-
-Toby’s father wasn’t nearly as amused as Toby had expected him to be
-when he was told the incident of the last two-dollar bill at dinner
-that day. Mr. Tucker was a tall, stooped man of forty-odd years, with
-faded blue eyes in a weather-tanned face. The Tuckers had been boat
-builders for three generations, and Mr. Aaron Tucker’s skin seemed to
-have borrowed the hue from the mahogany that for so many years past
-had been sawed and shaped and planed and sandpapered in the big shed
-across the harbor road. In the old days Tucker’s Boat Yard had turned
-out good-sized fishing and pleasure craft, but business had fallen away
-in the last dozen years, and now small launches and sloops and rowboats
-constituted the output. And, at that, business was far from brisk.
-Perhaps Mr. Tucker had the fact in mind when he inquired dryly who was
-to pay for that other four and a half gallons of gasoline.
-
-“I guess I’ll have to,” said Toby, ruefully.
-
-“I calculate you will,” agreed his father.
-
-“At the wholesale price, though,” added the boy hastily; and Mr.
-Tucker’s eyes twinkled as he nodded.
-
-But if the story won small appreciation from his father, there was
-one, at least, at the dinner table who enjoyed it, and that was Toby’s
-sister, Phebe. Phebe Tucker was thirteen, a slim, pretty girl with
-hair that Toby called “yaller” and Phebe’s mother termed golden. She
-had very bright, brown eyes under long lashes and a skin that, even
-though nearly as brown as Toby’s, was clear and smooth. There were no
-other children and so Toby and his sister had always been very close
-companions, a fact which probably accounted for a somewhat boyish
-quality in Phebe. She could sail a boat nearly as well as Toby, catch
-quite as many fish, was no mean hand at the oars, and could perform
-almost as many “stunts” in the water as he could. She asked no favors
-and was always ready for adventure――a jolly, companionable girl with a
-wealth of spirits, and good nature and good health.
-
-Neither of the children resembled their mother in looks, for Mrs.
-Tucker was small, with dark hair and eyes, and comfortably stout. Her
-children called her “roly-poly,” a descriptive term which Mrs. Tucker
-pretended to resent. For the rest, she was a quiet, kind-hearted little
-woman, who worshiped her big husband and her children, and whose main
-ambition was to see that they were happy.
-
-Saturday afternoon was always a holiday for Toby and Phebe, and after
-dinner was over they went out to the front steps and pondered what to
-do. The cottage was a neat, white-clapboarded little house, perched on
-a slope above the harbor road. From the gate a flight of six wooden
-steps led to a tiny bricked walk which ran the length of the cottage.
-
-A wistaria vine, venerable with age, was in full bloom at one side of
-the doorway, while between house and walk narrow beds held a wealth of
-old-fashioned flowers. From the steps one looked across the cobbled,
-winding harbor road, tree-shaded in summer, to the boat yard with its
-weather-beaten shed and its old stone wharf, and beyond that to the
-little harbor and to the nestling village houses on the other side.
-
-“We might go out in the launch,” suggested Toby, “only I’d have to fix
-the wiring first.”
-
-“Would it take long?” asked his sister.
-
-“I guess not. I couldn’t find the trouble yesterday, though. We might
-take a run around to Shinnecock if I can get her started.”
-
-“Let’s,” said Phebe. “It’s too beautiful a day to stay ashore. You go
-ahead and see if you can’t fix it and I’ll be right along.”
-
-So Toby crossed the road, passed around the further side of the big
-shed, from which came the tap-tap of hammers and the buzz of the
-bandsaw, climbed down a slippery ladder and dropped into the launch.
-
-Toby had made most of that boat himself. It wasn’t as grand as the
-_Frolic_ and it boasted little bright work and no gilt. But, in spite
-of its name, it was at once safe, roomy and fast. Its name――you had to
-look on the stern to find it――was _Turnover_. In lowering the engine
-into it the summer before Toby’s assistant had lost control of the
-rope, with the result that the engine, at that instant poised over the
-gunwale, had descended very hurriedly. The boat, probably resenting
-the indignity, had promptly turned its keel to the sky and dumped the
-engine to the bottom of the slip in six feet of water. The boat hadn’t
-actually turned over, for having got rid of the engine and shipped a
-good deal of water it had righted itself very nicely, but Toby had
-dubbed it _Turnover_ there and then.
-
-The _Turnover_ was sixteen feet long, with a four-and-a-half-foot
-beam, had a two-cylinder engine――purchased second-hand but really as
-good as new――capable of sending the launch through the water at a
-good twelve-mile gait, and was painted a rather depressing shade of
-gray. Toby favored that color not so much for its attractiveness as
-because it didn’t show dirt, and it must be owned that the _Turnover_
-was seldom immaculate, inside or out. But she suited Toby down to the
-ground――or perhaps I should say down to the water――and I doubt if any
-one else could have made her go as he did. The _Turnover_ had her own
-eccentricities and it was necessary to humor her.
-
-Toby began operations by pushing his duck hat to the back of his head
-and reflectively scratching the front of it, a trick caught from his
-father. Then, having decided on a plan of action, he set to work.
-Before he had discovered the trouble and remedied it, with the aid of
-an odd bit of insulated copper wire pulled from a locker, Phebe was
-swinging her feet from the edge of the wharf and watching. Experience
-had taught her the advisability of keeping out of the way until the
-work was done. At last, wiping a perspiring face in a bunch of greasy
-waste, Toby threw the switch on and turned the fly-wheel over.
-
-A heartening chug-chug rewarded him, and, tossing the tools back in
-the locker, he unscrewed the cap of the gasoline tank, plunged a stick
-into it, examined the result, did some mental calculation, and at last
-declared himself ready to start. Phebe lowered herself nimbly down
-the ladder and seated herself at the wheel while Toby cast off the
-lines from the bow and stern. The _Turnover_ backed out of the little
-slip rather noisily, swung her pert nose toward the harbor mouth, and
-presently was sliding past the moored craft at a fine clip. Once around
-the point the breeze met them and the _Turnover_ began to nod to the
-quartering waves. Toby slathered oil here and there, gave her more gas,
-and seated himself across from his sister.
-
-“She’s going fine,” he said. “I guess we could make Robins Island if we
-wanted to.”
-
-“That’s too far, Toby. I’d rather go to Shinnecock.”
-
-“All right. It’s going to be dandy after we get around the Head.
-There’s a peach of a swell, isn’t there?”
-
-The launch dipped her way past Nobbs Island, with its squatty
-lighthouse, and Phebe turned the launch toward the Head.
-
-“There’s the place that fellow lives,” said Toby, nodding at a fine
-new stone-and-shingle house on the point. “The fellow I had the scrap
-with, I mean.”
-
-“It’s a lovely house,” said Phebe. “I suppose they have lots of money,
-don’t you?”
-
-“Slathers, I guess. He’s a pill. Can’t run that launch any more than
-Mr. Murphy can.” (Mr. Murphy was Phebe’s parrot, and, while he had been
-through some nautical experiences, he was naturally no navigator!) “He
-didn’t do a thing to her paint when he bumped into the float.” Toby
-chuckled. “And wasn’t he peeved with me!”
-
-“I guess you were horribly superior and nasty,” said Phebe. “You can
-be, you know.”
-
-“Oh, well, I hate fellows to put on a lot of airs just because their
-folks have money,” grumbled Toby. “The way he talked to me, you’d have
-thought I was a hunk of dirt.”
-
-“Was he nice looking?” asked Phebe.
-
-“Oh, I suppose you’d call him that. Sort of a pretty boy, with his hair
-all slicked back like it was varnished. It didn’t look so fine when he
-came out of the water, though!”
-
-“That was a horrid thing to do, Toby.” But she smiled as she said it.
-
-“I didn’t do it, sis. He stumbled――sort of――and went over backwards,
-and I went with him. You ought to have seen the way he scrambled out
-of there when he saw me coming after him! Say, we might run in to their
-landing and collect that ninety-nine cents, eh?”
-
-“Indeed, we aren’t going to do anything of the kind!” replied Phebe
-severely, and Toby laughed.
-
-“I was just fooling. He’ll pay it, all right. And he’ll apologize for
-calling me red-headed, too.”
-
-“I don’t see why you mind that so much,” said Phebe. “I think red hair
-is lovely. I wish mine was red, like Nellie Rollinson’s.”
-
-“I don’t. I think it’s awful.”
-
-“Why, Toby, you said once you thought Nellie’s hair was very pretty!”
-
-“Maybe it is, on her. It wouldn’t be on you, though. And I don’t want
-any of it, thanks. Take her in a little closer to shore. It’s flood
-tide.”
-
-The _Turnover_ was remarkably well behaved today and they ran into the
-canal long before two o’clock, and, at Phebe’s suggestion, disembarked
-and walked over to the hills and, finally, to the south shore. The
-summer season was well begun and there was plenty to see and to
-interest them. They had ice cream sodas at a little shop and wandered
-back to the launch about three. Instead of making straight home, Toby,
-who claimed the wheel now, headed the _Turnover_ toward the middle
-of the bay, and, with a nice breeze blowing Phebe’s hair about her
-face and enough of a chop to set the launch advancing merrily in the
-sunlight, they spent the next hour in running leisurely across to the
-north shore and back. It was when the _Turnover_ was pointed homeward
-again, about four, that Phebe, curled up in the bow, called Toby’s
-attention to a small launch a mile or so distant and some two miles off
-Spanish Head.
-
-“They are either fishing or have broken down. I’ve been watching them
-for some time.”
-
-“There aren’t any fish there,” replied Toby, viewing the distant
-launch. “Guess their engine’s gone back on them. They’ve got their
-anchor over. We’ll soon find out.”
-
-“They’re waving at us, I think,” said Phebe a minute later. “Look,
-Toby.”
-
-“That’s right.” Toby waved his hat in reply and sent the _Turnover_
-along faster. “I wonder what launch that is,” he added as the distance
-lessened. “She looks a bit like――――” his voice dwindled. Then he
-laughed, and: “That’s just who she is!” he cried gayly. “That’s the
-_Frolic_, sis! And, unless I’m much mistaken, that’s Pretty Boy
-waving!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-ARNOLD PAYS HIS DEBTS
-
-
-Toby was not mistaken, for presently the _Turnover_ was close enough to
-the disabled white launch for him to identify one of her two passengers
-as Arnold Deering. Who the other boy was Toby didn’t know, nor did he
-much care. He slipped the clutch into neutral and let the _Turnover_
-run down alongside the _Frolic_. As he did so he vastly enjoyed the
-expression of surprise and annoyance that came into Arnold’s face when
-the latter recognized him.
-
-“Hello,” said Toby as the boats bobbed side by side. “Want some more
-gasoline?”
-
-“Hello,” answered Arnold gruffly. “This silly engine’s out of whack. We
-can’t start her. If you’ll give us a tow I’ll pay you for it.”
-
-Toby considered a moment, or appeared to. Then, as the _Turnover_ was
-floating past, he threw in the clutch again and circled around to the
-other side. At last: “I don’t know about towing,” he said doubtfully.
-“The _Frolic’s_ pretty heavy for us, I guess. I might send some one
-out to you when I get in.”
-
-Phebe uttered a low-voiced protest. “Don’t be horrid, Toby,” she said.
-“Of course we can tow them.”
-
-But the boys in the white launch didn’t hear that, and Arnold looked
-dismayed. “But, look here, whatever-your-name-is――――”
-
-“Well, you said it was Red-head this morning,” replied Toby carelessly.
-
-Arnold flushed. “We’ve been here since half-past two, and we want to
-get home. I’ve a rope here, and if you’ll tow us in I’ll give you a
-dollar.”
-
-The second occupant of the _Frolic_, an older and bigger boy with dark
-hair and eyes and a somewhat sulky expression, chimed in impatiently.
-“We’ll give him two dollars. I’ll pay half. I’ve got to get back by
-five o’clock, Arn.”
-
-“All right then, two,” amended Arnold anxiously. “Get that half-inch
-rope out of the stern locker, Frank, will you?”
-
-“Oh, I’d do it for a dollar,” said Toby, “or I might do it for nothing
-at all. It isn’t that.” He ruminated again and again chugged the
-_Turnover_ into position. “Tell you what I will do,” he continued then.
-“I’ll come aboard and see if I can start her for you.”
-
-“What’s the good of that?” demanded Frank. “We’ve been trying for
-nearly two hours. And we want to get in.”
-
-“Maybe I might think of something you haven’t,” answered Toby.
-
-“All right, come ahead,” said Arnold.
-
-Toby slid the _Turnover_ close to the other launch and shut off the
-engine. “You hold her, Phebe,” he instructed. Then: “This is my sister,
-Phebe,” he added by way of introduction. “Phebe, this is Arnold
-Deering. You remember I spoke of him this noon,” he added innocently.
-
-Arnold colored as he murmured a response and then introduced Frank
-Lamson. Phebe nodded shyly and Toby clambered aboard the _Frolic_. The
-two boys then followed him as he tested the engine by throwing the
-spark on and turning the wheel a few times. There was no response from
-the cylinders and Toby disconnected the wires from the spark-plugs and
-grounded them against the engine one at a time. He got sparks from
-three of the four, and, after he had cleaned the fourth plug, from all
-of them. An examination of the carbureter followed leisurely, Toby
-whistling softly all the time. Presently he followed the gasoline
-supply pipe back from engine to tank, having to raise the locker covers
-to do so, and at last, snapping the door of the forward locker shut
-again, he faced Arnold with a satisfied nod.
-
-“Got it,” he said.
-
-“Really? What was the trouble?” asked the _Frolic’s_ skipper.
-
-“Nothing much. I can fix it in a minute.”
-
-“Go ahead, then,” said Frank Lamson, with a scowl. “We’re in a hurry, I
-tell you.”
-
-Toby observed him ruminatively for a moment, and then turned his gaze
-to Arnold. “I’m still whistling, you see,” he said, and to prove it
-went on with his tune.
-
-“Don’t be a fool,” begged Arnold. “If you can fix it――――”
-
-“Won’t take me a minute――after I get started,” was the untroubled
-reply. Toby reached up and took off his hat. “You might just take
-another look at my hair,” he continued pleasantly. “When the sun isn’t
-on it’s quite a bit darker, I think.”
-
-“Toby!” exclaimed Phebe, in a shocked voice.
-
-Arnold flushed and stammered. “What’s that got to do with it?” he
-asked. Frank Lamson looked bewildered.
-
-“Well,” said Toby, “I thought maybe you’d like to see if you weren’t
-mistaken about the color of my hair.”
-
-Arnold looked at Frank and at Phebe, and finally at Toby’s gently
-smiling countenance and swallowed hard. Finally: “Well, it isn’t as red
-as I thought it was,” he muttered. “I suppose the sun being on it――――”
-
-“Sure! But just you take another look; take a good hard one now. Sort
-of brown, isn’t it?”
-
-Arnold hesitated, cast a fleeting glance at the exposed hair, and
-grinned in a sickly way. “I guess that’s so,” he allowed. “I――I’d say
-it was quite brown.”
-
-“Not the least bit red, eh?”
-
-Arnold shook his head: “Not a bit.”
-
-“And, seeing you were mistaken this morning, maybe you’d like to sort
-of apologize,” suggested Toby. Phebe was observing Arnold with an
-expression that seemed to convey to him an apology for her brother’s
-conduct, and perhaps her look helped him over his embarrassment. At
-all events, when Frank Lamson, puzzled and resentful, broke in with:
-“What’s the fuss about? Who cares whether his hair’s brown or――――”
-Arnold interrupted quickly.
-
-“Whoa, Frank! This chap’s right.” He laughed good humoredly. “I take it
-back, Tucker, and apologize. You’re all right! And――and you can stop
-whistling!”
-
-Toby smiled sunnily and clapped his hat on his head. “Now we’ll start
-her,” he said. He went back to the forward locker in which the gasoline
-tank was located, thrust in a hand, withdrew it, closed the door again
-and returned to the engine. “Now try her,” he said.
-
-Arnold did so and the engine woke promptly to life.
-
-“What was it?” he demanded, surprise and admiration struggling for
-supremacy in his face.
-
-Toby laughed. “I’ll tell you so it won’t be likely to happen again,” he
-replied. “You’ve got a globe cock on your gasoline supply pipe where it
-leaves the tank. Usually that shut-off is down here by the engine, and
-I don’t know why they put it there. But they did, and when you pulled
-your anchor out of your bow locker you managed to get your cable fouled
-with the cock and turned it almost square off. You weren’t getting any
-gasoline, Deering.”
-
-“But I tried the carbureter twice and it flooded!”
-
-“Of course it did, because there was gasoline in the pipe. The cock
-wasn’t quite closed, and enough kept running into the pipe to show in
-the carbureter, but not to explode in the cylinders. If I were you I’d
-take a piece of zinc and turn it over that cock; make a sort of hood
-of it, you know, so your line won’t get twisted in it.”
-
-“I didn’t know there was any shut-off there,” grumbled Frank Lamson,
-“or I’d have looked at it.”
-
-“There’s always one somewhere on the pipe,” replied Toby dryly. “Well,
-you’re all right now, I guess, eh?”
-
-“Yes, thanks,” said Arnold gratefully. “And, by the way, Tucker――――” He
-pulled a dollar bill from his coin purse and held it out with a smile.
-“I guess I’ll pay my debt.”
-
-Toby gravely fished up a penny and the transfer was made.
-
-“I don’t know,” continued Arnold doubtfully, “but what I’d ought to pay
-for all that gas.” He made a motion toward his pocket again, but Toby
-waved the idea aside.
-
-“No, we settled that,” he said. “I don’t mind paying half. It was worth
-it!”
-
-Arnold laughed. Then: “But, hold on! How about this job?” he exclaimed.
-“Better let me pay you something for it. I’d rather.”
-
-“Oh, shucks, that’s all right. We don’t charge for helping friends
-out of trouble around here,” answered Toby as he climbed back to the
-_Turnover_. “So long!”
-
-“Well, I’m awfully much obliged,” responded Arnold, and his thanks
-seemed to include Phebe as well. “Good-by.” He took off his cap,
-something which his companion neglected to do, and waved a farewell
-as the _Turnover_ moved away. Frank Lamson only nodded, but, as the
-_Turnover_ circled around toward the harbor, he called across the
-water: “Say, we’ll race you back!”
-
-But Toby shook his head. “I’m not in racing trim today,” he called
-back. “Some other time!”
-
-The _Frolic_ passed them presently, doing a good ten miles against the
-turning tide, and Arnold, standing at the wheel in the bow, waved once
-more.
-
-“You ought to have been ashamed, Toby,” said his sister severely, “to
-act like that!”
-
-“Act like what?” inquired the boy innocently.
-
-“You know perfectly well.”
-
-“Oh, that! Why, you see, sis, I knew he’d made a mistake, and I knew
-he’d want to――to correct it. So I just gave him a chance.”
-
-“But to refuse to fix the engine until he’d apologized!”
-
-“I didn’t refuse. I’d have fixed it if he hadn’t. That was just a
-bluff――and it worked!” Toby chuckled. “What did you think of him?”
-
-“I thought he was very――very nice,” replied Phebe, after a moment.
-
-“He isn’t so bad, I guess,” agreed Toby carelessly. “Some one ought to
-show him how to run that boat, though.”
-
-“And he is very good looking, too,” added Phebe.
-
-Toby grinned. “You wait till you see me with my hair slicked down flat
-with vaseline, sis!”
-
-“Vaseline! The idea! His hair is just naturally shiny.”
-
-“Must be. Anyway, you’ve taken a shine to it! Wonder where he picked up
-that Lantern chap?”
-
-“Lamson, it was.”
-
-“Lamson, then. He’s a surly beggar.” Toby frowned. “He came mighty near
-getting into trouble, too. He almost said my hair was red. If Deering
-hadn’t stopped him just when he did――――”
-
-“Toby, you’re too silly for words about the color of your hair. You
-know very well that it is――well, reddish, and I don’t see why you don’t
-make up your mind to it.”
-
-“You’ve got a pimple on the end of your nose, but――――”
-
-“Toby! I haven’t!” Phebe investigated agitatedly. “It’s just the
-tiniest bit of a one, then. Does it show much?”
-
-“Well, you couldn’t see it across the harbor,” was the unfeeling reply.
-“Anyhow, it’s there, and I’ll bet you wouldn’t want folks to tell you
-about it. Well, it’s like that with my hair, sis. I know it’s sort of
-reddish――in the sunlight, maybe――but I don’t care to have fellows say
-so. When they do they either have to fight or apologize.”
-
-“I don’t see how fighting proves anything,” objected Phebe.
-
-“It doesn’t prove anything, no, but it sort of makes you forget the
-insult! Here we are. Take the wheel and I’ll fend her off. I hope
-there’s something good for supper!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-FRIENDS AFLOAT
-
-
-Toby saw no more of Arnold for a week, for school kept him busy, but
-Mr. Tucker reported that the _Frolic_ had twice been to the wharf for
-gasoline and that on each occasion her skipper had inquired for him.
-School came to end for the summer that Friday and Toby brought his
-books home to his little slanting-walled room with a sigh of relief.
-He didn’t mind studying, for he wanted to learn things, but since the
-really warm weather had set in, lessons had been a task indeed. One
-thing, though, that he could congratulate himself on was that he was
-now through grammar school and next fall would start in at high school
-over at Johnstown. As long as the weather would allow it, he meant to
-make the trip back and forth in the _Turnover_, a matter of three miles
-from landing to landing.
-
-When the ice came he would have to walk to Riverport, a good two miles,
-and take the train there for Johnstown, and that wouldn’t be quite
-so pleasant. Toby’s ambition, though it was as yet not very strong,
-was to some day take hold of Tucker’s Boat Yard and make it as big
-and busy and successful as it once had been. But Toby’s father didn’t
-give him much encouragement. Boat-building at Greenhaven, he declared
-pessimistically, had had its day. Launches had taken the place of
-honest sailboats, and there were too many launch-makers in that part of
-the world. There was no money in it any longer; just a living, and a
-bare one at that. Toby thought he knew better, but he didn’t argue it.
-There was time enough yet.
-
-In another four years, when he had learned all they had to teach him at
-the Johnstown High School, and he was very, very wise, perhaps he would
-take hold of the business and show his father that there was still
-money to be made in it. Of course, Toby had not figured out just how he
-was to do it. There was time enough for that, too!
-
-He and Arnold had their next meeting Saturday morning, a week almost to
-the minute after their first. Toby had taken some provisions around to
-a houseboat moored in Nobbs Bay, on the other side of Spanish Harbor,
-and was chugging lazily back in the _Turnover_, when from across the
-water a faint hail reached him. A quarter of a mile away a figure stood
-on the new steel pier that extended into the bay at the end of Spanish
-Head, and Toby, shading his eyes, recognized Arnold Deering. Since
-his errand had been accomplished and there was no more work in sight
-just then, he turned the launch toward the landing and was soon within
-talking distance. The _Frolic_ was lying beside the float there, in
-company with a cedar skiff, and a brilliantly blue canoe rested, keel
-up, on the planks.
-
-“Hello, Tucker!” called Arnold in friendly fashion. “Where are you
-going?”
-
-“Nowhere much. I took some grub to that houseboat in there. Going out
-in the launch?” Toby slid the _Turnover_ up to the end of the float and
-Arnold came down the sloping gangplank.
-
-“I don’t know. Maybe I will.” He held the _Turnover_ to the landing
-with one rubber-soled shoe on the gunwale. “Say, I met your father the
-other day.”
-
-“He told me.”
-
-“He’s awfully nice, isn’t he?”
-
-Toby considered. Finally: “Yes,” he said. “He takes after me.”
-
-Arnold laughed. “Say, you must have thought I was an awful fresh chump
-the other day,” he said apologetically. “I’m sorry I was so peevish.”
-He smiled reminiscently. “Fact is, you know, I was mad because I’d made
-such a mess of that landing.”
-
-“I guess we were both sort of fresh,” answered Toby. “Want to go out in
-a good boat?”
-
-“Yes.” Arnold leaped aboard. “Your father said you’d made this
-yourself.”
-
-“Most of it. I made the hull, but dad and Long Tim――he works for
-dad――helped me a lot with the lockers and so on.”
-
-“I should think you’d be mighty proud of it,” said the other
-admiringly. “I would. How did you happen to call her the _Turnover_?”
-
-Toby explained as he started off, and Arnold laughed appreciatively.
-“That would be a better name for my canoe,” he said. “She turned over
-with me the other day about a half-mile out there and I had to swim all
-the way in with her. There’s too much chop around here for canoeing.”
-
-“Which way do you want to go?” asked Toby. “Ever been over to
-Johnstown?”
-
-“No, Frank and I started for there last Saturday, the day we broke
-down.”
-
-“How did you happen to stop the launch out there, anyway? Were you
-going to fish?”
-
-Arnold nodded. “Yes, Frank said there’d be cod there. Then after we’d
-got the anchor over we found we’d forgotten to bring any bait.”
-
-“Cod!” laughed Toby. “I guess a sea robin or a sculpin would have been
-about all you’d have caught. Who is this fellow Lamson?”
-
-“He lives on the other side over there. He goes to school where I do.”
-
-“Do you like him?”
-
-“Like him?” Arnold had to consider that. “N-no, not a lot, I guess. Do
-you?”
-
-“Not so far. He looks all the time as if he’d swallowed something that
-didn’t agree with him. And he pretty nearly said I had red hair!”
-
-“Say, I’m sorry I said anything about――about your hair,” said Arnold
-contritely. “It was beastly rude.”
-
-“Well, I’m sort of touchy about that,” replied Toby. “Of course my hair
-is――er――I mean when you look at it a certain way it does seem a little
-bit inclined to be reddish. It isn’t really red, you know, but it――it
-has a sort of tinge! Lots of fellows make mistakes about it. The first
-year I was in grammar school I was all the time――er――showing fellows
-how mistaken they were.”
-
-“The same way you showed me?” inquired Arnold slyly.
-
-Toby nodded, and smiled gently. “About like that. Of course, I don’t
-mind a joke, you know. Folks I like can call me red-headed all they
-want to. But I don’t seem to care for it from strangers.”
-
-“I see. I won’t ever say anything like that again,” Arnold assured him.
-
-Toby gazed intently toward the island sliding past them to port. “I
-wouldn’t care if you did――now,” he murmured. “If I like a fellow”――his
-voice dwindled off into silence.
-
-“All the more reason I shouldn’t,” said Arnold. “If I like a fellow I
-don’t want to hurt his feelings.”
-
-“No, but――when you like a fellow you don’t mind what he says,” returned
-Toby. His eyes sought Arnold’s face for an instant and then returned to
-the island. “You can call me Red-head if you want to. I wouldn’t care.”
-
-“I guess I’d rather call you by your real name,” laughed Arnold. “I
-would if I was sure of it. Is it Toby?”
-
-“Yes. Funny sort of a name, isn’t it? Tobias it is when it’s all there.
-Dad got it out of the Bible. All the male Tuckers have Bible names.
-Dad’s is Aaron. When he was a kid the boys used to call him ‘Big A,
-little a, r, o, n!’ His father’s name was Jephthah; Captain Jeph, they
-called him. I’m glad they didn’t tag me with that name!”
-
-“I think Toby’s a rather jolly name,” said Arnold reflectively. “I like
-it better than Arnold.”
-
-“I don’t. Arnold’s got a lot of style to it; sounds like it was out of
-a story. What do the fellows at school call you?”
-
-“Arn, usually. Say, this boat can travel, can’t she? How fast is she
-going?”
-
-“About ten, I guess; maybe eleven.” Toby advanced the throttle as far
-as it would go, listened and pushed it back a little. “She misses if I
-give her too much gas.”
-
-“Seems to me she goes faster than the _Frolic_.”
-
-“She’s smaller and you’re nearer the water. That makes her seem to go
-faster. There’s the landing ahead. Want to go in?”
-
-“No, let’s just knock around, unless you’ve got something to do.”
-
-“I haven’t as long as I stay away from home,” replied Toby dryly. “Say,
-what school do you go to in winter?”
-
-“Yardley Hall.”
-
-“Where’s that?”
-
-“Wissining, Connecticut.” Arnold waved a hand vaguely toward the west.
-“Over there on the other side of the Sound. Ever hear of it?”
-
-Toby shook his head. “I don’t know much about schools. It’s a boarding
-school, isn’t it?”
-
-“Yes, and it’s a dandy. I wish you could see it. Where do you go, Toby?”
-
-“Me? Next year I’m going to high school here at Johnstown. You can
-almost see the building. It’s about a mile up from the landing there,
-near where you see that white steeple. I’d rather go to a boarding
-school, though. It must be lots of fun. What do you do?”
-
-So for the next half-hour, while the _Turnover_, slowed down to a
-four-mile gait, rocked and swayed over the sunlit waters of the bay,
-Arnold recited the glories of Yardley Hall School and told of football
-and baseball and hockey battles and of jolly times in hall. Perhaps
-Arnold drew rather a one-sided picture of life at Yardley, omitting
-mention of such things as study and discipline and the periodical
-examinations, but that was only natural, for he was proud of Yardley
-and wanted to make it as alluring as possible. Toby listened intently,
-questioning now and then, because many of Arnold’s references were
-quite unintelligible to him, and, when Arnold had reached the end of
-his subject, sighed wistfully.
-
-“My, wouldn’t I like that!” he exclaimed. “Are the other fellows nice?
-I suppose they’re mostly all swells like you, aren’t they?”
-
-“I’m not a ‘swell,’ thank you! There are all sorts of fellows at
-Yardley, though. I guess the kind you call ‘swells’ are pretty few.
-Lots of them are just poor fellows――――”
-
-“Like me,” interpolated Toby.
-
-“I didn’t mean that!”
-
-“Oh, I don’t mind. I am poor, you know. I mean dad is. We used to have
-a little money, when the boat yard was more――more flourishing, but
-nowadays we just sort of scrape along. That’s why I couldn’t go to
-boarding school. It would cost too much money. I’d like to, though.
-Say, wouldn’t I just!” Toby’s face lighted. Then he laughed. “I guess
-it wouldn’t do, though, because I’d have to fight half the school for
-calling me red-headed!”
-
-“You’d have your hands full then. We’ve got about three hundred
-fellows.”
-
-Toby shook his head sadly. “I wouldn’t last, then, would I? The only
-thing I could do would be to dye my hair black. Do you have to study
-very hard?”
-
-“Yes, we do,” answered Arnold, frankly. “Especially in fourth and third
-classes.”
-
-“What’s your class?”
-
-“I’ll be in third next year. Last year was my first. Say, wouldn’t it
-be great if you could get your father to let you come to Yardley?”
-
-“Yes, it would be dandy,” answered Toby, smiling wryly. “And I can see
-him doing it! How much does it cost, anyway? Say it slow, will you, so
-it won’t sound so much?”
-
-“Well, the tuition’s only a hundred――――”
-
-“Is that all?” asked Toby carelessly. “Would they take a check for it?
-Go ahead. What else do you have to pay for?”
-
-“Room and board, of course. That costs from two hundred to three
-hundred and fifty, according to your room.”
-
-“Well, I’d want a nice room, of course; one with a southern exposure
-and hard and soft water. How much would I have to pay for storing my
-automobile?”
-
-“Don’t be an idiot,” laughed Arnold. “That isn’t an awful lot of money,
-is it?”
-
-“No, indeed! Oh, no! But I suppose there’d be extras, wouldn’t there?
-Maybe I’d have to tip the principal and the teachers, eh?”
-
-“You’d have to pay five dollars a year as an athletic assessment, and
-pay for your washing and your books. Books don’t cost much. You can get
-second-hand ones usually if you want to.”
-
-“I guess not!” exclaimed Toby indignantly. “Nothing cheap for Tobias
-Tucker! Well, I’ll figure it up and think it over. But say, honest now,
-do all boarding schools cost like this one of yours?”
-
-“I don’t know, but I guess they’re about the same. Some cost you more,
-maybe.”
-
-“Where could I find one of those? I’d hate to get settled at your
-school and then find there was a more expensive one! That would pretty
-nearly break my heart, it would so! Well, maybe we’d better be getting
-back. I suppose you’ve got to polish your diamonds yet.”
-
-“Shut up,” said Arnold, shortly. “If you talk like that I’ll――I’ll call
-you ‘Carrots’!”
-
-“Better not,” chuckled Toby. “The last time you did it it cost you two
-dollars! Calling me names is expensive!”
-
-“What are you going to do until lunch time?” asked the other, as Toby
-headed back toward the Deerings’ landing.
-
-“Me? Oh, I guess I’ll go back to Perkins & Howe’s and see if they’ve
-got any more jobs. I made a half-dollar taking that stuff to the
-houseboat.” He pulled the coin from his pocket and exhibited it. Arnold
-observed it interestedly.
-
-“I suppose,” he said thoughtfully, “a half-dollar seems a lot bigger if
-you make it yourself.”
-
-“Oh, I didn’t make this,” said Toby innocently. “I just earned it. It’s
-a regular half-dollar.” He flipped it in the air to let it fall on
-the seat beside him in proof of his assertion, and it did just as he
-intended it should, up to the point when it struck against the wood.
-After that it acted most inconsiderately, for, having landed on its
-edge, it flew up again and described a graceful curve over the gunwale.
-
-“Grab it!” yelled Arnold. Toby made a frantic clutch for it, but his
-hand closed emptily and the coin disappeared into the green water of
-Great Peconic Bay!
-
-There was a moment of deep silence during which the occupants of the
-launch gazed at each other in surprised consternation. Then:
-
-“I’m awfully sorry,” murmured Arnold.
-
-A slow smile spread over Toby’s face. “So am I,” he replied,
-cheerfully. “But that’s what I get for being foolish. I mean that’s
-what I don’t get. Well, maybe I earned it too easily, anyhow. I guess
-a quarter would have been enough for that job. It puts me back fifty
-cents, though, toward getting to Yardley Hall, doesn’t it?”
-
-“Look here,” began Arnold shyly, “I wish you’d let me――――” His hand
-moved tentatively toward his pocket. “It was partly my fault,
-anyway――――”
-
-“Yes, you rocked the boat,” answered Toby gravely. Then he broke into
-a hearty laugh. “Say, Arnold, you and I will have this old bay just
-choked up with money if we keep on! They’ll have to begin and dredge
-it first thing we know. There’s two and a half already, and here it is
-only the first of July!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-SHOTS IN THE DARK
-
-
-That was the beginning of a fine friendship. Toby and Arnold became
-well-nigh inseparable. They spent hours and hours together in the
-_Frolic_ or the _Turnover_, swam, fished, canoed occasionally, explored
-by land and sea, and spent much time curled up in a favorite corner of
-the boat-yard building glorious plans for the future. Sometimes Phebe
-was their companion, and sometimes, though less frequently, Frank
-Lamson. Toby put up with Frank for Arnold’s sake, but never got to like
-him. For his part, Frank failed to see why Arnold wanted to associate
-with a fellow whose father worked “like a common laborer” and who
-“slopped around in clothes you wouldn’t give to the ashman!”
-
-But Frank’s disapproval didn’t influence Arnold to any great extent,
-and Frank soon learned to keep it to himself. He viewed Phebe more
-tolerantly because she was pretty and presentable, even if her dresses
-would have failed to pass muster over at the Head. But what Frank
-thought of her bothered Phebe little, since she liked him no better
-than Toby did, although she was a trifle more careful to disguise the
-fact.
-
-Once and only once Toby went home with Arnold to luncheon. It happened
-that a trip down the bay in the _Turnover_ had taken more time than
-they had foreseen, and when the launch floated up to the Deerings’
-pier to let Arnold off it was long after Toby’s dinner hour. Toby had
-resisted a while against Arnold’s pleading, but he was horribly hungry
-and Arnold assured him that what he had on wouldn’t matter a bit, and
-finally he had yielded. What had happened was not at all terrifying,
-for Arnold’s aunt, who, since the death of the lad’s mother many
-years before, had presided over the Deering establishment, was very
-gracious indeed to the guest; while Mr. Deering was in New York. And
-the wonderful things that were placed before Toby tasted finely and
-surely filled an aching void. But for all that he wasn’t comfortable.
-He had never seen so many dishes and glasses and forks and knives and
-spoons, nor so many servants. Nor had he ever had his table manners put
-to so severe a test. Afterwards, although Arnold for a while frequently
-extended invitations to luncheon, Toby always found some excuse for
-declining. He never gave the real reason, however, although possibly
-Arnold guessed it. Eventually Arnold gave it up as a bad job, but that
-didn’t keep him from partaking of the Tucker hospitality, and he was a
-frequent guest at the dinner table in the little cottage above Harbor
-Street. Every one liked Arnold, even Mr. Murphy; and Mr. Murphy was
-constitutionally suspicious of strangers.
-
-Mr. Murphy sat on a perch in the corner of the dining-room, by
-the window that looked along the winding street, an uncannily
-wise-appearing old parrot with a draggled tail and a much-battered
-beak. Phebe explained that he used to have a perfectly gorgeous tail,
-but that he would insist on pulling the feathers out no matter how
-she scolded him. Like most parrots, Mr. Murphy had his periods of
-inviolate silence and his periods of invincible loquacity. During the
-former all enticements failed to summon even a squawk from him, and
-during the latter only banishment to a certain dark closet under the
-hall stairs would stop the flow of his eloquence. It wasn’t so much
-that the parrot’s repertoire was extensive as that he made the most of
-it. Unlike Shakespeare, he repeated! Having spent several years of an
-eventful life before the mast, he had learned a number of remarks that
-brought embarrassed apologies from Phebe. On the whole, though, and in
-view of his early environment, his conversation was remarkably polite.
-
-His usual welcome was “Hello, dearie!” followed by “Won’t you take off
-your bonnet?” After that he usually laughed jeeringly, sidled across
-his perch, lowered himself and gravely hung by his beak. “All hands,
-stand by!” was generally delivered in a peremptory shriek that, at
-first, had had a devastating effect on Mrs. Tucker’s nerves. As though
-realizing the fact, Mr. Murphy thereupon chuckled wickedly and murmured
-softly and crooningly: “Well, well, well! Did you ever?” Phebe had
-taught him to say, “Come to breakfast,” and he had grown very partial
-to the remark, making use of it at all times of the day with cheerful
-disregard for appropriateness. For a while he had made the cat’s life
-a burden to her by calling “Kitty, Kitty, Kitty! Come, pretty Kitty!”
-and then going into peals of raucous laughter the minute the poor
-cat’s head appeared around the door. Arnold won Mr. Murphy’s undying
-affection by feeding him pop-corn surreptitiously, pop-corn being an
-article of diet strictly forbidden by Phebe. He also spent much time
-during the summer trying to induce the bird to say “Arnold,” but it
-wasn’t until late in August that Toby, passing the dining-room door one
-afternoon, heard Mr. Murphy croaking experimentally in a low voice:
-“Say Arnold, you chump!”
-
-Toby still performed odd jobs and picked up an occasional quarter or
-half-dollar, but it must be acknowledged that he was far less earnest
-in his endeavors to find employment than he had been before Arnold’s
-advent on the scene. But he was only fourteen――“going on fifteen,” as
-he would have put it――and so it isn’t to be greatly wondered at that
-he found his new friend’s companionship more enjoyable than running
-errands or delivering groceries in out-of-the-way places for Perkins &
-Howe. Mr. Tucker at first viewed Toby’s frivolity with displeasure, but
-Mrs. Tucker declared that it would do him more good to play and have a
-good time with a nice boy like Arnold Deering than to loiter about Main
-Street on the lookout for a job. I think that struck Toby’s father as
-being good sense, for he never after that taxed the boy with idleness.
-Sometimes Toby had qualms of conscience and for a day or two resisted
-all Arnold’s blandishments and gave himself up sternly to commerce.
-Frequently at such times Arnold likewise eschewed the life of pleasure
-and threw in his lot with that of Toby, and together they sat in the
-back room of the grocery store awaiting orders; or canvassed the other
-places of business on the chance of finding service. It was at such a
-time, seated on boxes by Perkins & Howe’s back entrance, with a strong
-odor of spices and coffee and cucumbers enveloping them――it happened
-that Arnold was seated on the crate of cucumbers――that the plan of
-the baseball series between the town boys and the summer visitors was
-evolved. The sight of two youngsters passing a ball on the side street
-that ran down to the fish wharf put the idea into Arnold’s head.
-
-“Do you play baseball, Toby?” he asked. Toby nodded. “Well, then, let’s
-have a game some time.”
-
-“You and me?” asked Toby, with a grin.
-
-“No, silly! We’ll get up a couple of teams, of course. There are plenty
-of fellows on the Head and around there to make up one, and you could
-find enough here in town for the other, couldn’t you?”
-
-Toby nodded again. “Most of the fellows on the school team would play,
-I guess. What would we do, draw lots?”
-
-“Yes; or we could have it summer visitors against town fellows. How
-would that do?”
-
-Toby reflected. “I’d rather play on the team with you, Arn,” he said at
-last.
-
-“So would I with you, Toby, but it would be more interesting the other
-way, wouldn’t it? Where do you play?”
-
-“Me? Oh, most anywhere. I played third base this spring, and last year
-I played center field part of the time, and part of the time I caught.
-I’m what you call an all-round player, a sort of general utility man!”
-
-“Fine! I played first on my class team this spring. Let’s do it, eh?
-Where could we play?”
-
-“I guess we could use the school most any day except Saturday. Does
-Frank play?”
-
-“Yes, he’s a pretty good pitcher. I guess I’d ask him to pitch for us.
-Who would you get?”
-
-“Tim Chrystal, probably. He’s about the best we have. I don’t know,
-though, if he’d have time. He works for his father, you see. When would
-we play?”
-
-“Today’s Wednesday, isn’t it? How about Saturday?”
-
-“We mightn’t be able to get the field Saturday. Besides, it’ll take
-me two or three days, I guess, to find a team. Let’s say a week from
-today.”
-
-“All right. It’ll be piles of fun. You call your nine the ‘Towners’ and
-I’ll call mine the ‘Spaniards.’ Couldn’t you go after your fellows
-today?”
-
-Toby hesitated. “Maybe. I guess there isn’t anything to do here. I
-might start after dinner.”
-
-“Good! And I’ll beat it around the Head this afternoon and see who I
-can get hold of. There are two or three fellows I don’t know very well,
-but that doesn’t matter, I guess. I wish your folks had a telephone so
-that I could call you up this evening and see how you’d got along.”
-
-“Dad says telephones waste too much time. Why don’t you come over in
-the launch? It’s moonlight now.”
-
-“I suppose I could,” replied Arnold doubtfully. “I’ve never run her at
-night, though.”
-
-“Better begin, then. It’s no harder than running in daylight. Easier, I
-guess, because there aren’t so many boats about. Come over about eight
-and I’ll meet you at the town landing. It’ll be low tide at our pier,
-and you might get aground, seeing you don’t know the cove very well.”
-
-They talked it over further during the next half-hour, and then, as it
-was dinner time, they abandoned the search for labor and went their
-ways. Toby wanted Arnold to have dinner with him, but the latter was
-so filled with his new scheme that he insisted on chugging back to
-the Head so he might start right out after luncheon on his quest for
-baseball talent. They parted with the understanding that Arnold was to
-be at the town landing about eight, and that they were to meet there
-and report progress.
-
-The moon was up, a big silver half-disk, when Toby reached the float
-at a few minutes before eight, and the harbor was almost as light
-as day. He had to wait some time for the _Frolic_, and, when it did
-appear, heralded by tiny red and green lights, it was moving slowly and
-cautiously. Presently Arnold’s hail floated across the water and Toby
-answered.
-
-“All clear at the end of the float, Arn! Come on straight in!”
-
-“All right, but it’s pretty dark where you are. How far away am I?”
-
-“Oh, nearly a hundred yards, I guess. Pull her out and float in. Can
-you see those boats at the moorings?”
-
-“Yes; but I can’t see the float yet. They ought to have a light there.”
-The chug-chug of the _Frolic_ exhaust lessened, and the white launch
-slid silently into the shadows. Presently:
-
-“Way enough,” called Toby. “Reverse her a couple of turns, Arn.”
-
-In a moment the _Frolic_ thrust her bow into Toby’s waiting hands, and
-he fended her off and brought her side-to. “Want to tie up?” he asked.
-“Or shall we run around awhile?”
-
-“If you’ll take her,” replied Arnold. “I don’t like this moonlight
-business. It’s awfully confusing after you get into the harbor.”
-
-“All right. Swing your wheel over hard and I’ll push her off. That’s
-the ticket.” Toby sprang aboard and took the wheel from Arnold and the
-launch set off again. Once outside the harbor, with the engine throttle
-down until it made almost no sound, the two boys compared notes.
-
-“I’ve got seven fellows,” Arnold reported, “and I know where I can get
-four more. Frank will pitch for us and a chap named Dodson is going to
-catch. Frank says he’s a dandy. All I need now is a good shortstop and
-another fielder. All the fellows,” he added ruefully, “want to play the
-bases――or pitch. It’s funny how many of them are wonderful pitchers,
-when they tell it! How did you get on?”
-
-“Me? Not very well. Tim Chrystal has promised to pitch if he doesn’t
-have to do any practicing, and I got three other fellows to promise
-to play. The trouble is, you see, most of them are older than I am
-and they don’t like the idea of my being captain. Tim said he thought
-Billy Conners ought to be. What do you think?”
-
-“Nothing doing! You’re getting up the team, and you’re captain, of
-course. If they don’t like it, get some one else.”
-
-“Yes, but there aren’t so awfully many, you see. I’ve still got to find
-five or six more. There’s Tony George, but he has to be at the fruit
-stand.”
-
-“At the what?” asked Arnold.
-
-“Fruit stand. His father’s the Italian man who has the stand next to
-Chapin’s drug store. He’s a mighty good third baseman, too, Tony is,
-and I wish he could play.”
-
-“Looks like this was going to be a sort of international affair,”
-laughed Arnold. “Americans, Spaniards, and an Italian!”
-
-“And my second baseman’s a Portuguese, Manuel Sousa. He’s pretty good,
-too. How old will your fellows be?”
-
-“They’ll average about sixteen, I guess. Dodson must be seventeen, but
-most of them are about my age. I hope you can find the rest of the
-fellows you need, Toby.”
-
-“I guess I can. I wish they didn’t all want to be captain, though. I
-don’t mind not being, but they can’t all have it.”
-
-“You’re going to be captain,” replied Arnold, decisively. “If you
-aren’t we won’t play you. You can tell them that, too.”
-
-Toby sighed. “All right. I’ll stick out for it. I guess lots of the
-others would do it better, though. You see, Billy Conners captained our
-school team, and――――”
-
-Toby stopped abruptly, and the two boys turned their heads and stared
-startledly across the moonlit water of Nobbs’ Bay.
-
-“What was that?” asked Toby.
-
-“Sounded like a shot, didn’t it? Over that way. There!”
-
-Two tiny yellow flashes of light pricked the darkness of the further
-shore, followed by as many sharp reports, and then, more faintly, a
-shout. Instinctively Toby swung the launch shoreward.
-
-“Some one on that houseboat, I guess,” he said. “Probably shooting at a
-bottle or something in the water. That’s about where she’s moored.”
-
-“Anyway, it was a pistol, all right,” murmured Arnold. They listened,
-but heard no more shots, and Toby was straightening the _Frolic_ out
-again for the run around the Head when the sound of a muffled exhaust
-reached them. Toby looked intently into the shadows of the Head.
-
-“That’s funny,” he muttered. “There’s a launch just kiting along over
-there and not a light showing. Can you make her out, Arn? She’s about
-half-way to the Head, from the sound.”
-
-But nothing was visible in the darkness there. Only the throb of an
-exhaust reached them. And then, startlingly loud, came a cry across the
-bay:
-
-“Thieves! Thieves! Stop them!”
-
-Some one on the houseboat had seen the _Frolic’s_ lights and was
-shouting through a megaphone. And at that moment a shadow seemed to
-detach itself from the shore and slip away into the moonlight beyond
-the point. The cry from the houseboat was repeated.
-
-“What shall we do?” cried Toby.
-
-“Go after them!” Arnold jumped toward the throttle and pulled it
-down, and the _Frolic_, responding instantly, leaped forward as Toby
-unhesitatingly swung the wheel over.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-PURSUIT AND CAPTURE
-
-
-“I don’t believe we can catch them,” Toby muttered, his eyes on the
-tiny dark spot half a mile away. “And if we do we’ll probably get
-filled with bullets.”
-
-“Who do you suppose they are?” asked Arnold, excitedly. Toby shook his
-head.
-
-“I don’t know, but that launch of theirs can certainly go. What can the
-_Frolic_ do at her best, Arn?”
-
-“Twelve, or a little better. How fast are they going?”
-
-“Can’t tell. Not more than that, I guess. She’s smaller than this, and
-sits pretty low. Built for speed, I’d say. I wonder if they really
-swiped anything.”
-
-“They must have tried to, anyway. Where’s that oil can?” Arnold found
-it and doused the engine liberally. Not being able to see very well,
-he took no chances, and oiled everything at hand and turned down the
-grease-cups.
-
-“She’s changed her mind,” exclaimed Toby, “and is going down around the
-Head. How much gas have you got?”
-
-“The tank’s almost three-quarters full.”
-
-“How far will that take us?”
-
-“’Most a hundred miles, I guess. She eats it pretty fast at this pace,
-but seven gallons――――”
-
-“Well, we’re not going any hundred miles,” responded Toby, “and I don’t
-believe those fellows mean to, either. They’ll either make for the
-canal and get out into Shinnecock Bay, or they’ll run straight along
-toward Shelter Island.”
-
-“Are we gaining any?” asked Arnold, anxiously.
-
-“I don’t think so. It’s hard to tell. I guess they’re not going to try
-the canal. If they were they’d be turning by now. Maybe they think they
-can shake us off.”
-
-“Then they’ll have to go some,” said Arnold. “Where is she?”
-
-“Dead ahead. See that black spot?”
-
-For a moment Arnold failed to detect the fleeing launch, and when he
-did he uttered a grunt of disappointment. “We’re certainly not gaining,
-Toby. She looks further away than she did.”
-
-“Yes, but she’s stern-to. I don’t think we’ve lost any.” They were well
-past the Head now, and Nobbs Island Light was falling away to port.
-“What I’m wondering,” continued Toby, “is what we’re to do if we should
-catch her!”
-
-Arnold had no answer ready, and Toby went on: “There’s probably at
-least a couple of men in that launch, and they’ve got pistols――――”
-
-“How do you know?” demanded Arnold.
-
-“We heard them.”
-
-“I don’t think so. The shots we heard were aimed away from the
-houseboat, Toby. If they hadn’t been we wouldn’t have seen the flashes.
-I guess it was the folks on the houseboat who did the firing.”
-
-“That’s so. Still, it’s mighty likely that there’s a pistol on that
-launch, just the same, even if they didn’t use it. And we haven’t any;
-and wouldn’t know what to do with it if we had. So what are we to do
-when we catch them?”
-
-“They won’t know who we are or how many there are of us,” replied
-Arnold. “And they won’t know that we haven’t plenty of revolvers,
-either. We’ll bluff them!”
-
-Toby chuckled. “I’d rather have something to back up my bluff, I guess.
-I’m game if you are, though, Arn. Besides, I dare say we needn’t
-trouble about what’s to happen when we get them, for I don’t believe
-we’re going to.”
-
-“Have they gained any?”
-
-“No,” replied the other decisively. “They may not be any closer, but
-I’m certain they haven’t gained on us. There are the lights from
-Shinnecock over there. We’ve done about six miles since we left the
-landing.”
-
-The fleeing launch was headed straight for the passage between the
-southerly point of Robins Island and Cow Neck, and was now about
-half-way between Spanish Head and the mile-wide passage. The lights
-of Shinnecock lay three miles off to the southeast. The throb of the
-scurrying _Frolic_ alone broke the silence of the moonlit night for
-several minutes, and then Toby, his gaze fixed on the launch ahead,
-uttered an exclamation of satisfaction.
-
-“I’m not sure, Arn,” he said, “but I think we’re closing up a little.
-Doesn’t she look nearer than she did?”
-
-Arnold agreed and once more seized his oil can. A cruising launch sped
-past them a quarter-mile to the north, her port light glowing wanly
-in the moonlight. Toby’s eyes scarcely left the dark spot ahead and
-presently he said, with conviction: “We’re overhauling her fast now,
-Arn! You’d better get that bluff in working order, I guess.”
-
-“I――I’ll get the megaphone ready,” muttered Arnold. “Then we can talk
-to them from a safe distance.”
-
-“The safer the better,” agreed Toby. “I wouldn’t mind if we could talk
-to them by wireless. What does it feel like to get a bullet in you,
-Arn?”
-
-“Don’t be a chump,” begged Arnold. “Just keep your head down and they
-can’t hit you.”
-
-“I’m going to,” answered the other dryly. “I’m thinking about putting
-it in the gasoline tank. Hello!”
-
-The launch ahead lengthened slightly in the uncertain light.
-
-“She’s making in toward North Sea Harbor,” muttered Toby. “Now what’s
-the idea, I wonder. She can’t belong there. Maybe she’s just bluffing,
-though. No, she isn’t! She’s headed right in! And we’ve gained like
-anything, Arn! She sees that, I guess, and is going to quit――or make a
-fight for it! Call all hands, Arn, to man the guns!”
-
-[Illustration: “We’ve gained like anything, Arn!”]
-
-Robins Island was off the _Frolic’s_ port bow now, but instead of
-holding her course in the middle of the channel, the other launch had
-edged in toward the shore and was presently running straight along it,
-as though bent on dodging through the narrow harbor entrance a mile
-or so beyond the point. There was no longer any doubt about it:
-the _Frolic_ was gaining on the enemy hand over hand. Her engine was
-working like a charm, with never a skip, and for the past forty-five
-minutes had churned the water at better than a twelve-mile clip.
-Arnold, the megaphone in one hand and the oil can in the other, watched
-breathlessly. There were no shadows here to hide the launch ahead and
-the two boys exulted as the distance lessened between pursued and
-pursuer.
-
-“Now, if she’s making for the harbor she’ll have to turn,” muttered
-Toby, straining his gaze. “There she goes!” There was a doubtful moment
-and then: “She’s headed out again. She missed it, Arn! See, there it
-is over there. I’ll bet those fellows don’t know this shore at all.
-Now, she’ll have to keep on, for there’s nothing beyond except a cove
-until we get to Noyack! And we’ll get them inside of ten minutes! Do
-you know what I think? I think they’re short of gas, Arn. You know they
-started out as if they meant to cut straight across to Johnstown or
-Franklinville or some place over there. That would have been only two
-or three miles. Instead we’ve chased them a good ten miles, and they’re
-getting short of gas. There! She’s hitting it up a bit again! Go it,
-Sal! But we’ll get you long before you reach Jessup’s Neck. Only――only
-when we do what are we going to do with you?”
-
-“I wish my father was here,” murmured Arnold, “with his revolver!”
-
-“So do I! You don’t think we’d better turn around and beat it back
-before they get to popping at us, do you?”
-
-Arnold hesitated. It seemed very much as though he wanted to say “Yes,”
-but he didn’t. Instead, he took a good deep breath and answered: “I’d
-rather see it through, Toby, if you aren’t scared.”
-
-Toby laughed shortly. “Oh, I’m scared, all right, but I’m with you,
-Arn. It would be a shame to come all this way and use up all that gas
-and then turn tail. No, we’ll try that bluff of yours, Arn. If we have
-to run we can do it. She’s slowing down again, isn’t she?”
-
-She was, very perceptibly. More than that, she had turned her nose
-straight for the shore!
-
-“But there’s no water there!” exclaimed Toby.
-
-“They’re going to run her aground and escape!” cried Arnold.
-
-“Perhaps; but I guess we’ll slow down a little. I don’t want to get too
-near.”
-
-Arnold throttled the _Frolic_ down to half-speed. The other launch
-worked cautiously in toward the shore and floated quietly in the
-moonlight. It was easy enough now to make her out and to count her
-occupants.
-
-“Three of them,” whispered Toby, as the _Frolic_ drew nearer and
-nearer. “Get your megaphone, Arn, and hail them. Keep down, though.
-Slide her into neutral and be ready to start up again if they try to
-plug us.”
-
-Some three hundred feet of water separated the two launches as Arnold
-threw the clutch out. The _Frolic_ slid slowly on to pass well astern
-of the other craft and Arnold raised the megaphone to his lips.
-
-“Launch, ahoy!” he shouted in his deepest tones. There was silence for
-an instant, and then the hail was answered:
-
-“Hello! What do you want?” floated across.
-
-“We want the stuff you stole from the houseboat. Hand it over and we’ll
-let you go. If you don’t, we’ll begin to fire!”
-
-Another silence, longer this time, and then the voice again:
-
-“Who are you, anyway?”
-
-“Never mind,” answered Arnold sternly. “There are six of us here and
-we’ve got you all covered.”
-
-“We don’t know what you’re talking about.” It was another voice this
-time, a deeper one. “You start shooting and you’ll get the worst of it,
-pardner! We never saw no houseboat.”
-
-“Pick out your men, fellows,” said Arnold in a loud aside, “and aim at
-their bodies.” Then, addressing the launch again: “We’ll give you two
-minutes to get out of that boat and beat it. If you’re not on shore by
-that time we’ll fire on you. And any one of you taking anything ashore
-will get a bullet. Now, make up your minds, quick!”
-
-Toby left the wheel and scuttled astern, keeping out of sight. Once
-there he raised himself so that his head and shoulders showed above the
-gunwale. Then he hurried back to the bow and repeated the operation. He
-couldn’t be five men, he decided, but he could manage to look like two
-at least. Perhaps that ruse decided the matter, for, after a moment or
-two, during which the low voices of the three occupants of the other
-launch muttered and growled, the first speaker spoke again.
-
-“I guess you’ve got us,” he said quite cheerfully, “but you wouldn’t
-have caught us in a thousand years if we hadn’t run out of gas.” Toby’s
-sigh of relief mingled with Arnold’s. “Can we run this tub on the beach
-so’s we can get off?”
-
-Arnold hesitated and Toby prompted with a whispered “No.”
-
-“No, you can leave the launch where she is and hustle out of her.”
-
-“We can’t swim!” called a third voice.
-
-“Then drown,” answered Arnold gruffly. “Your time’s up. What’s it going
-to be?”
-
-The answer from the launch was profane but decisive. In substance it
-stated that they were going to get out and that they earnestly hoped
-the occupants of the white launch would meet with a vast amount of
-misfortune!
-
-“They’re taking some of the plunder with them,” whispered Toby,
-watching across the gunwale. “Tell them to drop it, Arn!”
-
-“You heard what I said about taking stuff with you,” threatened Arnold,
-his voice doubtless sounding quite terrifying through the megaphone.
-“Drop it quick or we’ll nab the lot of you!”
-
-Mutters and some hesitation then, followed by a splash as one of the
-men dropped into the water. A second lowered himself very cautiously
-over the stern, which had swung around nearest to the shore, and the
-third, pausing long enough to voice his disapproval of the whole
-proceeding and of the pursuers especially, took a flying leap and
-cut through the water with long, businesslike strokes, passing his
-companions half-way to the beach and tossing them a grim jest as he
-left them astern.
-
-“It worked!” exulted Arnold, jubilantly, to Toby.
-
-“Great! But give them time to get away from shore. That big fellow had
-something in his mouth, I think; the one who dropped over so mighty
-carefully. Bring her around, Arn, and be ready to take her in.”
-
-Arnold threw in the clutch, advanced the throttle and the _Frolic_
-swung slowly about in a wide circle, while Toby, his hands on the wheel
-but his eyes on the figures nearing the shore, watched cautiously.
-
-Along the steep and narrow beach ran a fringe of bushes and stunted
-trees, and when the three men were free of the water they drew together
-on the beach, seemed to confer for a moment, and then, shouting
-something unintelligible but doubtless far from complimentary, made
-their way leisurely out of sight between the bushes.
-
-“All right, now?” asked Arnold eagerly.
-
-“Wait,” advised Toby. “I’m certain one of them has a pistol, and for
-all we know may be drawing a bead on us from those bushes. I tell you
-what, Arn. Start her up and we’ll try to keep their launch between us
-and them as we go in. But wait another minute.”
-
-“Shall we search the launch here or take her further out?” asked Arnold.
-
-“Get a line to her and tow her back with us, of course,” was the reply.
-“She’s contraband of war, or whatever you call it. I wouldn’t be
-surprised if they’d stolen her somewhere, anyway. Have you got a spare
-rope handy?”
-
-“No, but we can use our painter.”
-
-“All right. She may have one; she probably has. If not, we’ll use the
-_Frolic’s_. Do you suppose they’ve gone?”
-
-“Of course! They were frightened to death.” Arnold laughed softly. “I
-must have sounded pretty fierce!”
-
-“You did! You sounded as if you were about six feet tall and weighed
-200 pounds! Well, I suppose we might as well take a chance. If they’re
-still there, they’ll probably stay, and there’s no use trying to tire
-them out. All right. Start her easy. Here we go. Keep out of sight
-until we get to the launch, and then I’ll grab her.”
-
-“Better let me,” said Arnold. “You keep the wheel.”
-
-“All right, then; you grab her, and I’ll look for her painter.”
-
-The _Frolic_ chugged slowly in toward the abandoned launch, Toby doing
-his best to keep the latter between them and the place where the
-burglars had disappeared.
-
-“Way enough,” he whispered presently. “Let her run. Now, then, get her!”
-
-Arnold reached across the gunwale and seized the side of the other
-launch, and Toby, dropping the wheel, sprawled across the _Frolic’s_
-decking.
-
-“No line in sight,” he muttered, and with quick hands he took the
-_Frolic’s_ neatly coiled painter, and slipped it over the cleat on the
-little forward deck. Then, squirming back, he started aft. As he did so
-a bullet sang overhead and the sound of the shot awoke the silence.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-THE STOLEN LAUNCH
-
-
-“Duck!” cried Arnold.
-
-But Toby had already dropped to the hatching, and Arnold, releasing his
-grasp of the smaller launch, tumbled down beside him. Another shot rang
-out and somewhere overhead a second bullet sped whistling past.
-
-“Can you start her without showing your head?” gasped Toby.
-
-“Yes!”
-
-“Then do it, and I’ll take the side wheel. Look out for this line when
-she tightens. Let her go!”
-
-Kneeling, his head still below the sides, Arnold grasped the lever and
-pulled it back, and the _Frolic_ jumped away. Toby, crouched by the
-side wheel, frantically lashed the free end of the painter about the
-steering post.
-
-Bang!
-
-There was a sound of splintering wood, and then shouts from the shore.
-
-“Hit us somewhere!” panted Toby, tugging at the small wheel in his
-effort to swing the _Frolic_ around. “Better lie flat, Arn!”
-
-“Lie flat yourself, you silly fool! They’ll get you if you sit up like
-that!”
-
-Toby crouched lower. “This line’s choked around the wheel and I can
-hardly turn her,” he panted. “Is she coming, do you think?”
-
-“Isn’t your line taut?”
-
-“Yes, but――――”
-
-Two more shots sounded above the noise of the engine. A bullet went
-harmlessly over the launch and another struck the hull somewhere with a
-thud. By this time the _Frolic_ was doing her best and after a moment
-Toby sent a cautious glance behind. Even if the thieves had more
-cartridges, and Toby didn’t think they had, the distance was now too
-great for them. Behind the _Frolic_ came the captured launch.
-
-“All right, Arn!” called Toby. “They couldn’t get us now with a siege
-gun! Take that wheel there while I change this line to the stern, will
-you?”
-
-Arnold stood up, surveyed the receding beach and laughed gleefully as
-he took the wheel.
-
-“I guess we’re bad, Toby!” he exulted. “Talk about your revenue
-officers! What’s the matter with us, eh?”
-
-Toby, fixing the towing line at the stern, laughed. “We’re a couple of
-marvelous bluffers, Arn! Say, wouldn’t those chaps be peeved if they
-ever found out they’d been fooled by a couple of kids?”
-
-“Wouldn’t they? Say, I hope they do find it out some way. Do you know
-what I think, Toby? I think they thought we were just going to search
-their launch and leave her! And when they saw us putting the line on
-her they tumbled and got busy with that revolver. Well, we fooled them
-good and plenty!”
-
-“That’s what! Say, what time is it? It must be near midnight.”
-
-“Midnight! It’s only 9.27,” answered the other, holding his watch to
-the starboard lantern. “But doesn’t it seem later?”
-
-“I should say so! Then if everything goes all right we ought to be home
-by ten-thirty. We’ll just hand this launch over to the Trainors and let
-them see what’s in her.”
-
-“You mean the houseboat folks? Well, but they don’t get the launch, do
-they?”
-
-“Not so you’d notice it,” answered Toby. “We’ll call around tomorrow
-and get it. And then we’ll see if anybody’s lost one. If they haven’t,
-we’ll sell her, eh?”
-
-“Or keep her ourselves. She looks pretty good, doesn’t she?” Arnold
-peered back at the following launch. “Wonder what her name is?”
-
-“Maybe it’s painted out. She’s a jim-dandy little launch, all right,
-and that makes me think those fellows stole her. Look at the lines of
-her. She can’t be much over four feet wide. If she only had some gas in
-her tank we could get home a lot quicker, because one of us could get
-in and run her.”
-
-“It would be you, then,” replied Arnold promptly. “Is she holding us
-back much?”
-
-“I guess we’re doing about nine. That’s fast enough. Only dad will give
-me the dickens when I get home!”
-
-“He won’t when you tell him what you’ve been doing,” said the other
-encouragingly.
-
-“Won’t he?” Toby asked grimly. “You don’t know my dad!”
-
-The journey back was uneventful, which was just as well, since the two
-boys were surfeited with adventure for once, and a little bit tired as
-well. Sleepy they were not, and Arnold declared that he didn’t believe
-he would ever get to sleep before morning. But by the time Nobbs Island
-Light was showing well the conversation had begun to dwindle and Toby
-was yawning frankly.
-
-Ten o’clock struck over in Johnstown long before the Head was reached,
-and it was fully a quarter past before the _Frolic_ pointed her bow
-around the point and chugged past Arnold’s residence on her way up
-the shore. “Give them your whistle,” said Toby as they ran cautiously
-toward the darkened houseboat. Arnold obeyed and the echoes threw back
-the alarming screech. “Once more,” Toby called, and again the shrill
-sound went forth. Then a dim light showed aboard the shadowy hulk and,
-as the _Frolic_ slowed down, a voice hailed them.
-
-“What do you want?” inquired a sleepy voice.
-
-“We’ve got your things,” answered Arnold.
-
-“Got what? Oh! Well, all right! Come on!” Voices sounded aboard, a
-light glimmered from a window, a lantern appeared on deck, and the
-houseboat awoke to activity as the launch sidled up to her. Two men,
-hastily attired, deluged the boys with questions.
-
-“We caught them over near North Sea Harbor. They ran out of gas. We
-made them leave the launch and I guess everything’s in there. We’ll
-pull her up and you can have a look. If you don’t mind, we’ll leave her
-here until morning. Did they steal much?”
-
-“Not a great deal; just some blankets and a lot of provisions,”
-answered one of the men as Toby pulled the smaller launch up and handed
-the painter over. “At least, that’s all we’ve missed. We were on shore
-and got back before they’d had much of a chance, I suppose. My brother
-fired three shots at them, but it was too dark to see much.”
-
-“Just blankets and grub!” said Arnold disappointedly. “Gee, I thought
-they’d got away with your solid silver and jewels! Well, anyway, I
-guess you’ll find the stuff there all right. We’ll call for the launch
-in the morning.”
-
-“We’re very much obliged to you,” replied one of the men, raising the
-lantern and peering at the boys. “Who was with you?”
-
-“With us? No one.”
-
-“What! You mean that you two kids chased those chaps and made them give
-up the whole shooting match? Why, there were four or five of them,
-weren’t they?”
-
-“Three,” answered Toby, with a yawn. “They couldn’t see how many we
-had. Arn bluffed them finely.”
-
-“Well, what do you know about that?” gasped the other man. “Say, you
-chaps are wonders! What are your names?”
-
-Arnold told him, and just then a woman’s voice spoke from behind a
-darkened window. “Jim, dear, ask them if they wouldn’t like a cup of
-coffee or something. They must be tired out.”
-
-“No, ma’am; thanks,” replied Arnold. “We’re all right. Only sleepy. If
-you’ll look after their launch until morning――――”
-
-“We will. And, I say, how about――er――――”
-
-“Of course, Jack!” chimed in the woman. “They ought to have something.
-I’ll find my purse.”
-
-“No, thanks,” said Arnold, hurriedly. “We don’t want anything. We just
-did it for the fun of it. And――and we’ve got the launch, anyway. Toby
-thinks they stole it, and maybe the owner’s offered a reward. I’m glad
-we got your things back, ma’am.”
-
-“It was awfully brave of you. And I do think we ought to give you
-something besides just our thanks. Why, they might have hurt you!”
-
-“Yes’m,” said Toby. “They did try to. They fired at us, but they didn’t
-hit anything but the launch. Come on, Arn.”
-
-“Well, all right, fellows,” said the man called Jack. “It’s up to you.
-We’d be glad enough to slip you a fiver. If you won’t take that, why,
-you won’t. We’ll keep the launch safe for you. Much obliged to you
-both. See you in the morning. Good-night.”
-
-“Good-night,” replied Arnold, and “G’night,” muttered Toby, and the
-_Frolic_ backed off and headed across the bay.
-
-“Blankets and grub!” said Arnold disappointedly when they were out of
-hearing. “Isn’t that the limit? No wonder those fellows were so willing
-to give them up!”
-
-“Where we fooled them,” said Toby, “was in taking their boat. Look
-here, Arn, supposing that launch is really theirs?”
-
-“But you said you thought they’d――――”
-
-“Yes, and maybe they did. But supposing they didn’t? Then what?”
-
-“Then,” answered the other after a moment’s consideration, “they’ll
-have to come and get it!”
-
-“They’d be likely to!” jeered Toby. “I don’t see but what we may be
-thieves ourselves!”
-
-“Well, that isn’t bothering me much,” answered Arnold. “What is
-bothering me is that I’ve got to come all the way back from town alone.”
-
-“If you like you can leave the _Frolic_ at the landing and I’ll take
-you back in the _Turnover_.”
-
-“No, I guess not. After chasing robbers and being fired at, I suppose
-I ought to have nerve enough to run a launch! Much obliged, just the
-same.”
-
-An hour later two very tired boys were fast asleep, and, although
-nearly three miles apart, their dreams were strangely similar!
-
-The next morning they were at the houseboat bright and early. In fact,
-the owners were still at breakfast on deck when the _Turnover_ ranged
-alongside.
-
-Seen by daylight, the Trainors――Mr. and Mrs. Trainor and Brother
-Jim――were very nice, jolly-looking folks, and very hospitable folks,
-too, for they insisted on the boys joining them at breakfast, and
-wouldn’t take “No” for an answer. And so, although they didn’t actually
-sit at the table, which was a modest if well-laden affair, they did
-partake of strawberries and cream and some delicious hot rolls and some
-equally delicious coffee. And while they ate, Arnold, occasionally
-prompted by Toby, gave a detailed account of the pursuit and bloodless
-defeat of the thieves. Mrs. Trainor, who was small and pretty,
-applauded delightedly and quite forgot her breakfast, while her husband
-gravely arose and shook Arnold and Toby by the hands.
-
-“Boys,” he said. “You’re a brace of heroes! I take off my hat to you!
-Or I will when I get it on!”
-
-Brother Jim echoed the sentiments, even if he didn’t stop eating for a
-moment.
-
-“And you chaps have got a real prize in that launch, too,” said Mr.
-Trainor, reseating himself at the little table. “She’s a wonder. I’ll
-give you five hundred for her any time you say the word.”
-
-Toby and Arnold stared at each other in amazed silence. Finally: “Five
-hundred!” stammered Toby. “You’re fooling, I guess!”
-
-“You take a look at her,” replied the man, nodding his head toward
-the shoreward side of the houseboat. “We tied her around there for
-safekeeping. She’s somebody’s darling, that’s what she is!”
-
-The boys set down their plates and hurried around the deck. There,
-nestling against the rail of the houseboat, was as trim and pretty a
-speed launch as either had ever seen. Mr. Trainor, who had followed
-them, smiled at their amazement. “I suppose you couldn’t see much
-of her last night,” he said. “Look at that engine, will you? A
-six-cylinder Thurston and as light as a feather! If that launch can’t
-do her twenty-two or -three miles I’m a goat! See the way she’s cut
-down aft, eh? Some lines, boys! And just cast your eyes over her
-fittings, will you? Everything A-1, and just about as complete as they
-make them. Why, some one paid a good round thousand for that little
-sixteen feet of boat! She’s dirty and her brass is tarnished, and some
-idiot has daubed a coat of gray paint over a dandy mahogany hull,
-but she’s a peach, just the same, and it’s dollars to doughnuts that
-those thieving rascals never owned her in their lives. They swiped her
-somewhere around here, I’ll bet, and I guess you’ve only to read the
-papers to find her owner. When you do find him, fellows, you make him
-hand over some real money.”
-
-“Gee, she’s sweet, ain’t she?” murmured Toby.
-
-“A beauty!” agreed Arnold, in awe.
-
-“I guess some one will claim her, all right,” mourned Toby.
-
-And Mr. Trainor laughed.
-
-“That’s the way I felt when I saw her, son. I wanted awfully to hide
-her some place where you couldn’t find her! If you shouldn’t hear from
-the owner, and you want to sell her, why, my offer stands for all time.”
-
-“If she was really mine,” said Toby, simply, “I wouldn’t sell her for
-anything, Mr. Trainor!”
-
-“Tucker, you have the soul of an artist!” replied the man, patting him
-on the shoulder. “Those are my sentiments exactly.”
-
-“She――she’d be pretty unsteady, though, wouldn’t she?” asked Arnold.
-“She isn’t very wide across.”
-
-“Well, she isn’t meant for rough seas, Deering. She’s a racer, pure and
-simple, and I’ll wager anything she’s won more than once. Still, maybe
-not, for she can’t have been built more than a year. Everything looks
-too new. Question now is, what are you going to do with her, boys? If
-we had some gasoline we might try her out.”
-
-But Toby shook his head. “I’d rather not do that, sir. I――I’d be afraid
-I wouldn’t ever want to give her up again!”
-
-“By Jove, I believe you’re right! You’d better tow her home with you.
-If you leave her around here I might steal her. She’d be a constant
-temptation to dishonesty! Take her away! Take her away!”
-
-Mr. Trainor gestured dramatically.
-
-“I’ll pull her around and get the line to the launch,” said Toby
-soberly. “Wasn’t it a shame to smear that old gray paint on her, sir?
-Will it ever come off again all right?”
-
-“Oh, yes, a painter can take that off. She’d have to be revarnished,
-of course. I tried to see her name under the paint, but couldn’t.”
-
-Presently the boys said good-by to their hosts, receiving three very
-hearty invitations to come again, and, with the stolen launch swaying
-gracefully behind the _Turnover_, set off for Greenhaven.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-THE HIDDEN NAME
-
-
-Toby was very silent, but the fact that he spent most of his time
-looking back at the tow indicated where his thoughts were. Arnold,
-less affected by the beauty of the speed launch, was eager to get the
-morning papers and see whether she was advertised.
-
-“How much reward do you suppose we ought to ask, Toby?” he inquired.
-Toby shook his head.
-
-“A hundred anyway, eh?” continued Arnold. “Maybe there’s a sum offered.
-I know if I’d lost a boat like that I’d be glad to pay almost anything
-for her!”
-
-“If she’s stolen property, though,” replied Toby finally, “the owner
-wouldn’t really have to pay any reward; unless he wanted to, I mean.”
-
-“He will want to, you bet! Where’ll we take her? To your wharf?”
-
-“Yes, I think so. If we leave her at the town landing some one will
-be messing around her all the time. She can berth where I keep
-the _Turnover_. This old tub”――Toby ran a disparaging eye over his
-launch――“can stay out in the harbor.”
-
-Once ashore, the two boys hurried up the street and bought a copy of
-every morning paper that the news store had. Then they scuttled back to
-the boat yard, perched themselves in the lee of a dismantled sloop, and
-began a systematic search of the various “Lost and Found” columns. As
-each paper was laid aside without results Toby heaved a sigh of relief
-and Arnold one of disappointment. When the last paper had been perused
-Arnold observed his chum blankly.
-
-“Not in any of those,” he said, regretfully. “Gee, that’s mean, isn’t
-it?”
-
-Toby nodded silently. After a moment he said, “I suppose you――you
-wouldn’t want to keep her if――if we didn’t find an owner, Arn?”
-
-“Why, no, I don’t think so. Would you? She wouldn’t do for rough
-weather, you know. Mr. Trainor said so. I’d be scared to death to go
-out of the harbor in her. If we don’t find her owner it would be great
-to sell her to Mr. Trainor, I think.”
-
-Toby nodded again, but with no enthusiasm. “I suppose it would be silly
-for us to keep her,” he said, “only――only she’s the most beautiful
-launch I ever saw, Arn.”
-
-“Yes, she’s a beauty, all right, but what would we do with her? She’d
-cost money, too.” After a moment’s silence he said: “Look here, Toby,
-maybe she was stolen a long while ago and they’ve stopped advertising
-for her. Maybe if we looked through some old papers we’d come across
-something.”
-
-“Where would we find the old papers, though?”
-
-“A library would have them. Is there a library here?”
-
-“No, but there’s one in Johnstown. What we ought to do, I guess, is put
-an advertisement in ourselves, Arn.”
-
-“That’s so! I never thought of that! Let’s go and write one.”
-
-“All right.” Toby gathered the discarded papers and arose. “You do it,
-though. I――I haven’t got any heart for it!”
-
-But that advertisement was never written, for on the way past the shed
-Toby thought of his father, and Mr. Tucker was invited to view the
-prize.
-
-“That’s a nice little boat, Tobe,” said Mr. Tucker, as he looked down
-on her from the wharf. “Made for quiet waters. Who built her?”
-
-“I don’t know, sir,” answered Toby.
-
-“That means you didn’t look,” replied his father, descending the
-ladder and jumping into the launch. “There’ll be a maker’s plate on
-her somewhere, unless it’s been ripped off.” He went forward and
-peered amongst the instruments there, and presently gave a grunt
-of satisfaction. “Here it is. ‘Built by Wells-Stotesbury Company,
-Moorcett, Conn.’ Now, what’s her name, Tobe? Oh, they painted that out,
-did they? Run up to the paint closet and get that can of paint-remover
-and a handful of waste.”
-
-A few minutes later the gray paint began to dissolve from a patch on
-the slanting stern and her name appeared letter by letter, faint, but
-legible. “_Ollow M_” read Toby. “That’s a queer name.”
-
-“You wait a bit,” advised Mr. Tucker, and extended his operations with
-the evil-smelling concoction in the can. “There it is,” he said at
-last. “_Follow Me._ Now, all you’ve got to do is write to the builders
-and ask who she belongs to. Where was your gumption, Tobe?”
-
-Toby shook his head sadly, but whether the sadness was caused by an
-appreciation of his lamentable lack of gumption or by something else
-didn’t appear. At the boys’ request Mr. Tucker indited a letter at
-the littered desk in one corner of the boat shed and they bore it to
-the postoffice. Toby watched it disappear through the letter slot with
-emotions of despair! He spent all the rest of the day, to Arnold’s
-disgust, in shining the brass on the _Follow Me_ and cleaning her up,
-and Arnold, after toiling with him until noon, went off in something
-very like a huff and didn’t come back that day. Probably Toby missed
-him, but he didn’t seem unhappy. He rubbed and scrubbed until supper
-time, whistling a tune all the while, and when Phebe, sent to fetch
-him, exclaimed admiringly as she viewed the glistening brass and
-immaculate varnish, Toby was fully rewarded. After supper Phebe helped
-him stretch a tarpaulin over the _Follow Me_ and sympathetically
-listened to Toby’s enraptured comments on her and agreed with them all.
-
-“Perhaps,” she said, hopefully, as they made their way across the boat
-yard in the twilight, “some day you’ll have one just like her.”
-
-But Toby sighed and shook his head. “Probably when that time came I
-wouldn’t want it so much,” he said.
-
-“Oh, I meant real soon,” said Phebe cheerfully.
-
-“If I had enough money to buy me a launch like that soon, I wouldn’t
-buy it,” replied her brother. “I’d rather go to boarding school.”
-
-Mr. Tucker had assured them they couldn’t count on hearing from the
-launch builders until the second day after they had written, and so
-Arnold took up the task of forming the Spanish Head Baseball Club where
-he had left off and was able the next morning to inform Toby that the
-“Spaniards” were ready for the fray. But Toby hadn’t made any such
-progress and reported that he was still shy two players, even if he
-provided no substitutes. Arnold was severe with him.
-
-“You haven’t been trying,” he charged. “You’ve been monkeying around
-that silly launch. You needn’t say you haven’t, for I know you have.
-He has, hasn’t he, Phebe? Besides, look at your hands all grimed with
-paint or something.”
-
-Toby obediently observed his hands, and made a grimace. “They’re as
-sore as anything. I got some of that paint-remover stuff on them, and
-dad says I oughtn’t to have. He says maybe the skin will all be gone by
-tomorrow!”
-
-“That’s lye,” said Arnold.
-
-“What?” Toby stared. “You’d better not let dad hear you say so!”
-
-“Say what?” asked Arnold, in puzzlement, while Phebe laughed and Mr.
-Murphy chimed in with his absurd chuckle and then hung by his beak from
-the end of the perch.
-
-“Say what he said was a lie,” answered Toby.
-
-“I didn’t!”
-
-“What did you say, then? Didn’t you say――――?”
-
-“He said the paint-remover was lye,” gurgled Phebe. “L-y-e, lye; and
-so it is, and it’s no wonder your hands are sore. I should think they
-would be.”
-
-“Ought to be, too,” grumbled Arnold. “Messing around that boat all day
-long! When are you going to get that nine together, I’d like to know?”
-
-Toby looked penitent, and then, having attempted to put his hands in
-his pockets with painful results, annoyed. “I’ll find the rest of the
-fellows today,” he answered. “There’s lots of time.” Then he recovered
-his good humor and smiled. “Besides, we can beat you fellows with six
-men any day!”
-
-Arnold jeered. “Yes, you can! We’ll make you Towners look like a lot of
-pikers when we get at you! You’d better come and see that game, Phebe.
-It’s going to be some slaughter!”
-
-“Yes, we’re going to treat you the way Admiral Dewey treated those
-other Spaniards,” laughed Toby. “You may fire when ready, Gridley!”
-
-“I’m not worrying. Aren’t you fellows going to practice any before you
-play us?”
-
-“Oh, we might get together Tuesday. We don’t want to be too good, you
-know.”
-
-“Don’t be silly, Toby,” advised his sister. “You ought to get the boys
-together and practice a lot. You know very well that you won’t be able
-to play a bit well if you don’t. Why, Arnold says they’re going to
-practice every day.”
-
-“Of course, they’ll need to,” answered Toby calmly. “Anyway, we can’t
-practice until we get a team, and we’ve only got six so far. How’d you
-like to play with us, Phebe?”
-
-“Love to!” laughed Phebe. “But I’m afraid I’d get sort of dirty sliding
-to bases.”
-
-“Who’ll we get to umpire?” asked Arnold.
-
-“Mr. Murphy,” suggested Toby. “He’s quite impartial, aren’t you, you
-old rascal?”
-
-The parrot blinked thoughtfully and sidled along his perch. Then he
-shrieked. “All hands, stand by!” at the top of his raucous voice and
-chuckled wickedly when Phebe put her hands to her ears.
-
-“There’s Mr. Gould,” said Toby. “He umpired for us this spring. Only I
-don’t know if he could leave his store on a Wednesday.”
-
-“I was thinking that maybe Mr. Trainor would do it for us,” said
-Arnold. “I mean the youngest one.”
-
-“Brother Jim?” Toby nodded. “He’d be all right. We might ask him. I
-guess he could do it, eh?”
-
-“Yes. I asked Frank about him and the others, you know, and Frank said
-Mr. Trainor, the one that’s married to Mrs. Trainor, is a great swell.
-He’s crazy for me to take him over there and introduce him. He says the
-brother goes to Yale and played on the varsity nine this spring. They
-come from Philadelphia.”
-
-“I wouldn’t hold that against him,” replied Toby gravely, “if he did a
-good job and gave the Towners all the close decisions. Let’s go over
-and ask him now.”
-
-Arnold agreed on the condition that Toby was to come right back to town
-and look up the rest of the members for his team, and so they all three
-chugged around to the houseboat in the _Frolic_, were warmly welcomed
-and obtained Brother Jim’s consent to act as umpire. “I’ve never tried
-it,” he said, “but I’ll do my best for you. I warn you right now,
-though, that if I’m struck with anything heavier than a bat I’ll throw
-up the job!”
-
-Toby told of the discovery of the name and makers of the stolen launch
-and Mr. Trainor sighed sympathetically. “I guess you’ll have to give
-her up, Tucker. Unless――I say, here’s an idea! How would it do if I
-went over to your wharf some dark night and took her away? We’d go
-halves on her and――but, there, I forgot. Deering’s part owner, isn’t
-he? We might buy him off, though; pay him hush money. Think it over,
-Tucker!”
-
-Mrs. Trainor took greatly to Phebe and showed her through the houseboat
-while the others were talking on deck. Then they embarked again and
-went back to town, and Toby set off, with no great gusto, to complete
-the roster of his nine, Arnold consenting to remain for dinner.
-
-Toby returned warm but triumphant at a little after twelve and
-announced that he had filled the vacant positions. “I’ve got ten
-fellows altogether,” he said, “and it’s going to be mighty hard to
-decide which is the tenth! I guess we’ll have to draw lots to see which
-one of us is the substitute. We’re going to practice tomorrow, if
-enough fellows can get off. I guess that’s where you’ll have the best
-of us, Arn. You can practice any time you like.”
-
-“Well, you said you didn’t need to practice.”
-
-“Maybe an hour or so wouldn’t hurt. There wasn’t any letter from those
-folks, was there, Phebe?”
-
-“No. You know father said it couldn’t come before tomorrow, Toby.
-Arnold and I have talked it all over. You’re to stand out for two
-hundred dollars reward, Toby, and Arnold’s going to put his share into
-a sailboat, and he’s going to have father build it for him!”
-
-“And then I’m going to get you to show me how to sail her,” added
-Arnold.
-
-“Get Phebe,” was the reply. “She can sail a boat as well as I can. I
-guess, though, the fellow who lost that launch isn’t going to pay any
-two hundred dollars to us.”
-
-“You can’t tell,” said Phebe. “She’s worth lots more than that. Father
-said he wouldn’t build her hull for less than four hundred dollars, and
-that the engine――――”
-
-“What would you do with your share if we did get that much?” asked
-Arnold.
-
-Toby shook his head. “I’d――I don’t know,” he acknowledged. “But I guess
-I could find a use for it!”
-
-The next morning Toby dashed out of the house at a little after eight,
-pulling his hat on as he ran, and hurried to the nearest telephone.
-Over at the Head, Arnold listened to a confused message and then,
-slamming the receiver on the hook, bolted down to the landing and took
-a flying leap into the _Frolic_.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-“THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS REWARD!”
-
-
-Toby and Phebe awaited him at the boat-yard wharf and as soon as he
-had hastily secured the _Frolic_ to the stern of the _Follow Me_ and
-climbed the ladder they pulled him in triumph to the shed.
-
-“Here he is, dad!” called Toby. “Where is it?”
-
-Mr. Tucker laid down his mallet and led the way to the desk very
-leisurely. Then, while Toby and Phebe looked on with shining eyes, he
-placed an envelope in Arnold’s hand. The postmark was “Moorcett, Ct.,”
-and there was some printing in one corner, but Arnold didn’t stop to
-read that. Instead, amidst a deep silence, he opened the envelope and
-drew forth not the folded sheet of paper he expected but a roughly torn
-section of newspaper. He viewed the others in bewilderment.
-
-“Read it!” cried Toby and Phebe in chorus.
-
-“‘Lost, on Fifth Avenue, between――――’”
-
-“No, no! Further down!” said Toby impatiently.
-
-“Oh, further down! ‘Three hundred dollars reward will be paid for the
-return of mahogany launch _Follow Me_――――’” Arnold gasped and went back
-to the beginning again. “‘Three hundred dollars’――Gee!”
-
-“Isn’t that corking?” demanded Toby, gleefully.
-
-“Just think of it!” exclaimed Phebe, dancing on her toes amidst the
-shavings. “Three hundred dollars, Arnold!”
-
-“But――but are you sure this is the――the――――”
-
-“Read the whole of it, Arn!” prompted Toby, trying to see over his
-shoulder. “Read it aloud!”
-
-“‘Three hundred dollars reward will be paid for the return of mahogany
-launch _Follow Me_, stolen from my landing at Hastings, N. Y., night of
-April 27, and no questions asked. Built by Wells & Stotesbury, sixteen
-feet long, four feet four inches beam, engine six-cylinder Thurston,
-brass trimmed, name on stern, but possibly painted out. Communicate
-with Paul Langham Townsend, Hastings-on-Hudson, or Eastern Launch Club,
-New York City.’
-
-“What do you know about that!” gasped Arnold, and the piece of paper
-slipped from his fingers to the littered floor.
-
-“You boys are in luck,” said Mr. Tucker. “Not that you don’t deserve
-it, though; for you do. Now we’ll write to this man Townsend and tell
-him to come and get her.”
-
-“How long will that take?” asked Arnold eagerly.
-
-Mr. Tucker laughed. “Well, we’ll write this minute, and I guess he’d
-ought to get it this afternoon. Then, if he’s as anxious as you are,
-Arnold, he’s likely to be around pretty early tomorrow.”
-
-“Yes, sir! And――and could you say, ‘Bring reward with you,’ or
-something like that?”
-
-“I guess he’ll have a checkbook handy,” replied Mr. Tucker. “Now, the
-question is where’ll we send the letter to? New York or Hastings?”
-
-“Hastings, dad,” advised Toby. “He mightn’t be at that club today.”
-
-“That’s so. All right. Elbow room, Phebe! Where’s that pesky pen got
-to? Oh, here it is. I wonder if there’s a piece of paper here. You
-don’t happen to see―――― Oh, thanks, daughter. Now, then! ‘Mr. Paul――――’
-What’s the middle part of it, Toby?”
-
-“Paul Langham Townsend.”
-
-“An awful lot of name, ’pears to me. ‘Mr. Paul Langham Townsend,
-Hastings-on-Hudson, N. Y. Dear sir: This is to inform you that your
-launch the _Follow Me_ is at Tucker’s boat yard, Greenhaven, L. I., and
-same can be had by calling and paying reward advertised in the――――’
-Hold on! What paper’s that now?”
-
-“You can’t tell, sir,” said Arnold. “Better just say ‘in paper.’”
-
-“All right. Got to scratch out ‘the’ though. ‘Reward advertised in
-paper. Respectfully yours, Aaron Tucker.’ There we are. Now where’s an
-envelope?”
-
-They dropped the letter in the postoffice at twenty minutes after nine,
-just in time for the collection, and spent the succeeding half-hour
-figuring how long it would take Uncle Sam to get it across to New York
-and then up the Hudson to Hastings. Arnold said they had been silly not
-to telephone Mr. Townsend instead of writing to him. “Then maybe he’d
-have come over here this afternoon,” he added.
-
-“It would cost a lot to telephone away up there,” objected Toby.
-
-“A lot! Shucks; it wouldn’t have been more than a dollar, I guess! And
-what’s a dollar when you’re going to get three hundred?”
-
-“A dollar would be a lot if something happened and we didn’t get the
-three hundred,” replied Toby. “That launch was stolen a long while
-ago――over two months ago now――and maybe he’s given her up and has
-had another one built. If he has he wouldn’t want the _Follow Me_, I
-guess.” Toby’s voice sounded almost hopeful at the end, and Arnold
-observed him in surprise.
-
-“Toby, I really believe you’d rather have that launch than the reward!”
-he exclaimed.
-
-Toby’s gaze wandered. “I――I don’t know,” he murmured. “She’s an awfully
-nice little boat!”
-
-“But――but think of a hundred and fifty dollars! Why, you can――you can
-do almost anything with a hundred and fifty dollars, Toby!”
-
-“I know. It’s a lot of money. I’m not saying it wouldn’t be fine to
-have it, but――――” his voice dwindled away. Arnold looked incredulously
-at Phebe as he held the gate open. “Anyway,” continued Toby, “I’ll wait
-until I get my hands on it before I think too much about it!”
-
-Practice was not a great success that afternoon. In the first place,
-the older boys of the town were using the school diamond and Toby’s
-team had to do the best they could in a distant corner of the field;
-in the second place only eight of the ten members showed up, and in
-the third place Toby’s mind wandered so far from baseball that his
-companions grew sarcastic and told him frankly that if he didn’t pay
-more attention to the matter in hand they’d quit. Add these drawbacks
-to the fact that there was a scarcity of gloves and bats, and that the
-only mask they possessed had a loose wire that threatened to put the
-wearer’s eye out every minute, and it will be seen that the Towners
-labored under disadvantages that Saturday afternoon!
-
-Arnold, although cordially invited to attend the rival aggregation’s
-practice, had declined, stating his reason to be that he didn’t want
-to learn the Towners’ signals! Consequently Toby saw no more of him
-until the next day. When the Tucker family got back from church that
-noon they found Arnold sitting on the front steps and holding a rather
-one-sided conversation through the open window with Mr. Murphy. “I’ve
-been trying to teach him to say, ‘Arnold,’” he explained, “but he just
-stares and chuckles. I’m going to have dinner with you, if you’ll ask
-me, Mrs. Tucker.”
-
-“Indeed I will, then! Come right in out of the hot sun, Arnold. You
-might have gone in the back door and been comfortable. We never lock it
-from one year’s end to the other.”
-
-“Heard anything yet?” whispered Arnold to Toby as Mr. Tucker unlocked
-the door.
-
-“Not exactly. Last night they sent for dad to go to the drug store.
-They said he was wanted on the telephone. But either he couldn’t
-understand, or the wires were bad, or something. He came stamping back
-as mad as anything. But they told him it was New York calling, and so I
-wouldn’t be surprised if it was he.”
-
-“Must have been! I wish we knew whether he was coming today or not.
-When is the next train, Toby?”
-
-“Gets to Riverport at 3.12. Then it takes about half an hour to drive
-over. So he couldn’t get here much before 3.45. Seems to me if he was
-coming he’d have come this morning. I tried to get dad to let me stay
-home from church, in case he did, but he wouldn’t see it.”
-
-“You don’t suppose he’s been and gone away again?” gasped Arnold. “You
-don’t suppose he――you don’t suppose he’s taken the launch?”
-
-“Of course not! He wouldn’t do that, and――――”
-
-But Arnold had flown down the steps and across the road and was already
-hiking through the boat yard! He returned presently, perspiring and
-panting, but vastly relieved, to report the prize still there. The
-boys, and Phebe too, for that matter――and perhaps the older folks in
-spite of their unnatural calm――were too excited to do justice to Mrs.
-Tucker’s very hearty Sunday dinner. Arnold kept glancing at the old
-mahogany-framed clock on the mantel, while Toby, although he tried
-not to appear impatient, turned his head toward the window every time
-footsteps or carriage wheels sounded in the road below.
-
-But when Toby had proclaimed a quarter to four as the earliest possible
-moment at which Paul Langham Townsend could reach Greenhaven, he had
-failed to take into account that magic chariot, the automobile, and so
-when, just as Mrs. Tucker was serving one of her biggest and juiciest
-rhubarb pies, a big, dust-covered car came to a stop at the gate, no
-one was prepared for it.
-
-Less than an hour later the _Follow Me_ was out of sight around Spanish
-Head, the dust-covered car was gone again, and Toby and Arnold and
-Phebe were staring awedly at a marvelous slip of blue paper, which bore
-the legend: “Pay to the order of Tobias Tucker and Arnold Deering Three
-Hundred Dollars!”
-
-That little piece of paper looked far too tiny to mean what it said!
-
-“It’s a pile of money, isn’t it?” muttered Toby thoughtfully. “But he
-seemed awfully glad to get his launch back.”
-
-“He’d have paid more than this, I guess,” responded Arnold. “I dare say
-he’d have given us five hundred if we’d said we had to have it!”
-
-“Why, you’re a regular Shylock, Arnold!” exclaimed Phebe.
-
-“I’m not either,” answered the accused indignantly. “But we had a right
-to ask more if we’d wanted to. That’s business.”
-
-“I don’t think it’s business,” said Toby quietly, “to make money from
-people’s misfortunes. I sort of wish we’d just let him have his boat
-and not said anything about the reward.”
-
-“That’s nonsense,” replied Arnold vigorously. “Mr. Townsend has lots of
-money and it was worth three hundred dollars to him to have his launch
-back. And if it hadn’t been for us he wouldn’t have got it again. He’s
-satisfied, Toby. Don’t you worry.”
-
-“What’ll we do with this?” asked Toby. “We have to put it into a bank
-or something, eh?”
-
-“Of course. I’ll get father to cash it, if you like. Then we’ll each
-take half. We have to sign our names on the back, though. Let’s do it
-now. You sign first, because he put you first.”
-
-But Mr. Tucker, overhearing from the window, vetoed that plan. “You
-boys had better give that check to me now,” he said. “Tomorrow’s
-plenty of time for indorsing it. Remember this is the Lord’s day,
-Toby.”
-
-So they yielded up the fascinating slip of engraved paper, but
-that didn’t stop them from talking about it or discussing their
-plans, although, to be exact, it was Arnold only who dwelt on the
-matter of expenditure. “I am going to have your father build me a
-twenty-one-footer, Toby, like the _Sea Snail_ he built for Mr. Cushing.
-She’s a dandy! I suppose it would cost more than a hundred and fifty
-dollars, but father said yesterday he’d help me pay for it. Then you’re
-going to show me how to sail it.”
-
-“Mr. Cushing’s _Sea Snail_ is a knockabout,” said Toby. “Wouldn’t you
-rather have a boat with a cabin house?”
-
-“It would cost a lot more, Toby. No, I don’t think so. I guess father
-wouldn’t let me do any cruising, and just for sailing around here a
-boat like the _Sea Snail_ would be fine. Maybe next year I’ll have the
-_Frolic_ housed in forward. I could, you know. It wouldn’t be any trick
-at all. I suppose your father wouldn’t like me to ask him about the
-boat today?”
-
-“I’m sure he wouldn’t.” This from Phebe, and very decidedly. “He never
-likes to talk business on Sunday. You’d better wait until tomorrow.”
-
-“All right. Say, Toby, you haven’t said what you’re going to do with
-your half of the money. You could fix up the _Turnover_ and get a new
-engine for her, if you wanted to.”
-
-But Toby shook his head. “I haven’t decided――yet,” he answered slowly,
-“but I think I’ll just――just keep it.”
-
-“Now who’s the Shylock?” demanded Arnold triumphantly.
-
-“That’s very different,” said Phebe. “That’s just being saving.”
-
-“I don’t mean that I’m going to keep it forever,” explained Toby
-defensively. “But I’m going to keep it until I find out what I really
-want to spend it for. If you put money in a bank they’ll pay you
-interest, won’t they?”
-
-“Yes, but you won’t get much on a hundred and fifty dollars,” replied
-Arnold carelessly. “They pay three or four per cent., and that would
-only be about five or six dollars a year.”
-
-“Six dollars a year,” remarked Toby thoughtfully, “would be a dollar
-and a half for three months, wouldn’t it? Well, a dollar and a half
-will take you fifty miles on the railroad.”
-
-“But who wants to go fifty miles on an old railroad?” asked Arnold.
-
-“Well, I was thinking I might. Would you mind asking your father to
-take my hundred and fifty and put it in a bank for me? He’d be likely
-to know of one that was perfectly safe, wouldn’t he?”
-
-“Sure! He knows dozens of banks. Why, he has accounts in two or three
-himself!”
-
-“Then you might ask him to pick out the one he knows best,” said Toby
-anxiously. “I wouldn’t want to lose that money!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-TOBY BLOCKS THE PLATE
-
-
-The baseball game between the Towners and the Spanish Head boys came
-off on the following Wednesday, strictly according to schedule. By
-that time Toby and Arnold had somewhat recovered from the excitement
-incident to coming into possession of so much money and were able
-to give their minds to the event. Toby was the satisfied owner of a
-passbook on a New York bank which showed him to have on deposit the
-sum of one hundred and fifty dollars, subject to interest at four per
-cent., while Arnold had that morning witnessed the laying of the keel
-of his knockabout in Mr. Tucker’s shed. Of the two, perhaps it was Toby
-who was able to give the most thought to playing ball that afternoon.
-
-Long before the contest began it became evident that they were not
-to lack an audience. Mothers, brothers, sisters, and friends of the
-Spanish Head fellows came to the number of nearly one hundred, and the
-road along the field was well lined with automobiles and traps. The
-townsfolk turned out in far fewer numbers, but some of them came, among
-them Phebe, looking very pretty in a new muslin dress and accompanied
-by two girl friends. The accommodations for spectators being limited to
-one small tier of seats, the visitors from the Head watched the game
-from their carriages and cars. Mr. Trainor, appropriately attired in an
-ancient Yale sweater, officiated to every one’s satisfaction and got,
-as it appeared, a whole lot of fun out of his job!
-
-There was a marked contrast between the rival nines when, at a few
-minutes past three, they faced each other on the somewhat dusty field
-of battle. The “Spaniards” to a boy wore uniforms, and although only
-two of their number were dressed alike――the two being Arnold and Frank
-Lamson in Yardley Hall attire,――they presented a rather more neat and
-pleasing appearance than their opponents. Of the Towners fully a third
-met the demands of the occasion by removing their coats, rolling up
-their sleeves and turning up their trousers, another third compromised
-by wearing portions of uniforms, and the rest were appropriately
-attired in baseball togs of a sort. Toby, I regret to say, was of the
-second class, appearing in a grammar school shirt and his everyday
-khaki trousers. He had fully intended dressing the lower portion
-of him in baseball pants and blue stockings, but the search for the
-stockings had been only half successful. That is, he had found only one
-of the pair. The idea of presenting himself before the public with one
-bare leg had occurred to him, but had not appealed.
-
-All being in readiness, and one of six new balls philanthropically
-supplied by the umpire having been shorn of its tissue and glistening
-foil, Frank Lamson walked to the pitcher’s box, his team mates arranged
-themselves over the field, and Mr. William Conners, better known as
-Billy, stepped to the plate. And after Frank Lamson had whizzed a few
-balls across by way of warming-up and George Dodson had pegged the
-last in the general direction of second base, and Arnold Deering and
-Hal Mason had sprinted half-way to center field to get it, Mr. Trainor
-called “Play ball!” in a very umpirical voice. And, lest you look for
-that word “umpirical” in the dictionary, I’ll tell you right now that
-you won’t find it. I just made it up!
-
-I have no intention of following that very notable contest inning by
-inning. You’d find it tiresome, and so would I. Besides, only four of
-the nine sessions supplied real interest. The others often supplied
-runs and errors――plenty of errors――but no great excitement. The Spanish
-Head contingent of spectators were well-bred enough to only smile
-discreetly at the sight of “Tubby” Knowles sliding to second base in
-that first inning, but I’m certain that they really wanted to laugh
-outright. Tubby was, as his nickname suggests, rotund, and he wore a
-pair of trousers of an interesting black and brown plaid that were
-very much too large for him around the waist and almost as much too
-long for him in the legs. Picture Tubby, then, when, having reached
-first by an error, subsequent to Billy Conners’s retirement, he saw
-his chance to win glory and another base by a steal. Tubby’s run was a
-series of convulsions in which every portion of his anatomy took part.
-It wasn’t a fast performance, but it was earnest and whole-hearted――and
-whole-bodied! Tubby’s strange plaid-attired limbs fairly twinkled
-along the path, Tubby’s mouth opened itself wide, Tubby’s eyes fixed
-themselves almost agonizingly on the middle sack, and Tubby stole!
-
-Down sped the ball from Dodson’s hand. Arnold blocked the bag. Tubby
-threw his hundred and forty pounds of body recklessly forward――and
-confusion ensued! Over and over rolled Tubby, in the manner and with
-all the grace of a rolling barrel. Plaid trousers filled the air for
-an instant; plaid trousers and dust together, that is. And then Mr.
-Trainor, trotting up, spread his hands and cried “Safe!” very loudly
-indeed, but with a strange break in the middle of it, and Arnold gazed
-as one stricken with bewilderment while Tubby, breathing loudly, pulled
-himself to the bag and sat upon it in triumph!
-
-I’m not accusing Mr. Trainor of partiality or blindness or any other
-fault undesirable in an umpire, but it did look as though that ball met
-one of Tubby’s wildly waving legs before Tubby reached his goal. Still,
-Mr. Trainor was where he could see! And Mr. Trainor had a nice sense of
-justice! And, out or not out, Tubby certainly deserved that base!
-
-And yet, in spite of Tubby Knowles’s heroic act, the Towners failed
-to score in their half of the first. Tubby got no farther than that
-hard-won second sack, for Tony George struck out miserably and Gus
-Whelan only popped a weak fly to shortstop. Nor, for that matter,
-could the Spaniards do any better. Tim Chrystal’s slants were by no
-means crystal when it came to seeing through them, and both Tracey
-Gay, who led off for the visitors, and Arnold himself, who followed at
-the plate, fanned very promptly, and when Sam Cushing had been easily
-tossed out at first the inning ended.
-
-In the second the Towners scored their first run on an infield error,
-a hit, and a sacrifice fly, Manuel Sousa crossing the plate with the
-initial tally of the game. The Head came back a few minutes later with
-two runs, however, and so the Towners had but a brief enjoyment of
-their lead. Two to one the score stood until the fourth. Then things
-happened.
-
-Frank Lamson had pitched a very creditable game so far. He had a
-couple of curves that broke nicely for him and he had a canny way of
-mixing them in with his straight ball that made them more serviceable.
-Something that he called his “fade-away” was less successful and
-usually “faded away” several feet in front of the plate. But he got to
-the fourth inning with only some six hits set down against him in the
-scorebook, and as those six had been well scattered he had been in no
-danger. But in that memorable fourth, Tony George, coming to bat for
-the second time, took a sudden and unexpected liking to Frank’s very
-first offering and sent it screaming away into deep right field about
-three yards beyond the point that Tracey Gay reached in his frantic
-effort to get to it. That hit yielded two bases on its merits and a
-third when Tracey threw in wildly and the ball rolled past first base.
-Tony got to third with seconds to spare.
-
-Toby stationed himself at first, hitched up his trousers at the knees,
-and coached loudly and incessantly, while Billy Conners, back of third,
-followed his example to the best of his ability. Harry Glass stepped to
-the plate and seemingly dared Frank to “put ’em over!” Just what did
-happen during the next ten minutes is not for me to attempt without the
-scorebook to refer to. I know that Harry Glass tried to bunt and was
-thrown out at first and that “Snub” Mooney took his place. You’re to
-bear in mind that during these proceedings Toby’s voice was cannoning
-across the diamond and that Billy Conners’s voice was flying back like
-a startling echo! And this had its effect on Frank Lamson. Snub tried
-hard to find something to his liking, but Frank only put one good one
-over and Snub walked. Whereupon Toby’s voice arose to greater heights.
-
-“All right, fellows! We’re on our way! He hasn’t a thing! Watch that,
-will you? Take a lead, Tony! Take a good one! Oh, more’n that! He won’t
-throw it! He wouldn’t dare to! He’s tired out. O-oh, what a bluff! Come
-on again, Tony! Now then, Tim, whale it! If you don’t want to hit,
-wait him out! He’ll give you the base if you wait! Here we go! Here we
-go! Here we go!”
-
-Tim, being a pitcher, was not supposed to hit, but this time he did,
-and the ball went straight between Arnold, playing second, and the
-shortstop, and Tony trotted home. Tim went to first and might almost
-have reached second. Then Toby, batting last, whacked out a two-bagger
-that scored Tim. Billy Conners put Toby on third with a scratch hit
-down third base line, and Jim Lord dropped a foul and Toby scored.
-After that, well things got confused. Errors multiplied and Frank gave
-some two more passes and there were some more hits, one, by Gus Whelan,
-a three-bagger. When the inning was at last over the Towners had
-accumulated a nice lead of five runs, and the score stood 7 to 2!
-
-Tim Chrystal had his bad innings as well, and Toby, who was catching
-him, and doing a very good job, too, spent some anxious moments. The
-sixth was especially trying to Tim and the Towners, for in that inning
-the visitors got to Tim for four hits with a total of six that sent
-three more runs over. Meanwhile Frank Lamson had settled down again and
-the Towners made no more circuits until the eighth. Then, when Harry
-Glass got to first base on the third baseman’s fumbling of an easy
-ball and was sacrificed to second by Snub Mooney, Tim Chrystal took it
-into his head to bunt and laid the ball down in front of base. George
-Dodson faked a throw to first and then wheeled and pegged down to third
-to get Harry Glass. Harry, seeing a world of trouble ahead, doubled
-back to second again, found Tim speeding along from first, changed his
-mind as the ball passed him into Arnold’s hands, and streaked once more
-for the corner sack.
-
-By that time about half the Spaniards had gathered along the base line
-to take a hand in the festivities. Back and forth sped the ball and
-back and forth dodged Harry, always escaping by a hair’s breadth. Now
-and then, by way of adding an extra thrill, some one would fumble and
-Harry would get a new chance of life. But in the end they got him,
-though goodness knows how the official scorers scored that play, and
-George Dodson, somewhat relieved, tossed the ball along the ground to
-the pitcher’s box. As it happened, Frank Lamson had been taking part
-in the pursuit and was as far from the ball as any one, a fact which
-struck Tim Chrystal, on second now, at that instant. Tim promptly
-legged it for third. Three or four dismayed Spaniards hustled for the
-ball. George Dodson got to it first, scooped it up and hurled it to
-third. But, as the third baseman was several yards from the bag, the
-ball continued busily into the outfield and Tim continued on his way
-rejoicing, bringing home the eighth run for the Towners and joy and
-hilarity to his friends.
-
-Again, in their half of the eighth, the visitors decreased the lead. It
-was Arnold who was directly responsible, for he got a two-bagger off
-Tim and stole third standing up a minute later. Then Pete Lord smashed
-one at Manuel Sousa that that youth couldn’t handle cleanly and Arnold
-beat the throw to the plate by inches only. After that another hit, and
-an error by Tony George, gave the Spaniards one more tally. And the
-ninth began with the score 8 to 7, the visitors but one run behind.
-
-The Towners tried desperately to add to their margin of safety, but
-Frank Lamson, although he passed the first man up, struck out the
-next, made the third fly out to center fielder and himself tossed the
-ball to first for the final out. Toby was very glad that the opponents
-were down to the tail-end of their batting list when that last half of
-the ninth inning commenced, for Toby felt that it would be rather too
-bad to lose the game after securing the lead they had secured in the
-fourth. Many of the spectators from the Head had trundled away by now,
-for it was close on 5 o’clock, but the townsfolk stayed loyally on.
-
-Frank Lamson was first up, and Frank, who had not distinguished himself
-greatly with the stick, was bent on getting at least one good whack.
-Besides, he had the feeling that, on the whole, Tim Chrystal had
-out-pitched him, and he wanted to do his bit to spoil that youth’s
-record. And after Tim had got two nice strikes across and had only
-wasted one ball in the operation Frank saw something coming that looked
-good and let go at it. Toby, watching the ball streak safely into short
-left field, remorsefully told himself that that was his fault, for he
-had called on Tim to “sneak one over,” and Frank had outguessed him.
-
-Then Hal Mason, center fielder, bunted and Tim threw wide and Hal was
-safe. Toby knew he would steal and watched him closely. But with Frank
-Lamson on third he didn’t dare throw down to second. Instead, he pegged
-hard to Tim and Tim very neatly relayed the ball to third and Frank was
-caught a yard off the base. After that Toby breathed easier, for with
-one out and two strikes on Catcher Dodson things looked brighter.
-
-[Illustration: Toby pegged hard to Tim.]
-
-But Tim fell down badly and Dodson walked to first and the head of
-the visitors’ batting list came up. That was Tracey Gay, and Tracey had
-at least two hits to his credit to the best of Toby’s recollection.
-Tracey was evidently bent on sending a fly to the outfield, for he
-dropped two fouls outside the base lines before Tim had had a ball
-called on him. Then, with the Spaniards’ coaches howling at him, Tim
-got nervous and the first thing Toby knew the bases were full with only
-one out!
-
-“Here’s where we run away from you,” said Arnold as he stepped up and
-tapped the plate with his bat. “Sorry, Toby.”
-
-“That’s all right, Arn.” Toby smiled, although it was an awful effort.
-“I’m not worrying any. You’ve got to hit out of the infield to get a
-run, so go ahead and let’s see you do it.”
-
-“Oh, I might stand here and let him pass me,” laughed Arnold. “I won’t,
-though, if he will give me a chance to hit.”
-
-“You’ll get plenty of chances. Just be sure you don’t miss them, Arn!
-Play for the plate, fellows! Next man now! Let’s have ’em, Tim! Right
-over, you know!”
-
-A wide one that Mr. Trainor very properly called a ball, a drop that
-went as a strike by the narrowest of margins, a high one that floated
-past above Arnold’s shoulder and then――――
-
-Whack!
-
-Toby’s hands dropped emptily. Down at second Harry Glass was leaping
-into the air. From third raced Hal Mason. Every one was shouting at
-once. There was a slap as Harry’s upraised hand speared the ball. Then
-the sphere was speeding back to the plate. Toby straddled the base,
-tossing aside his mask, and held out eager hands. On came the runner,
-fast and hard, threw himself off his feet and slid in a cloud of dust.
-Smack came the ball into Toby’s mitten. Toby, plucking it out with
-his right hand, dropped to his knees, blocking the plate, and jabbed
-forward with it. Then Toby and the runner were tossed apart, the dust
-arose in a yellow cloud and somewhere above it a voice cried “He’s
-out!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-TOBY MAKES UP HIS MIND
-
-
-“We’ll play you again next Wednesday,” said Arnold as the two nines,
-victor and vanquished, trailed back to the village.
-
-“Yes, and beat you, too,” growled Frank Lamson. “You fellows had all
-the luck today and most of the decisions!”
-
-“We may have had some luck,” responded Toby, “but you can’t say Mr.
-Trainor didn’t umpire fairly. And I guess our fellows will be all ready
-for you any time you say. If you want to play again Wednesday――――”
-
-“Make it a week from Wednesday,” advised George Dodson, nursing a hurt
-finger solicitously. “We need more practice than we’ve had, Deering.”
-
-“A week from Wednesday, then,” agreed Toby. “We’re always glad to show
-you chaps how to play.” And he smiled provokingly at Frank. Frank only
-growled.
-
-Arnold was on hand bright and early Monday morning to watch the
-interesting operation of fixing the ribs to the curving keel of the new
-knockabout. It was all Toby could do to persuade him to leave the shed
-and go fishing, and when Arnold did finally allow himself to be dragged
-away he was so full of his sailboat that he fell over every obstacle in
-the yard and talked incessantly about it until the _Turnover_ was well
-out of the harbor. They chugged across to the flats above Johnstown and
-cast their lines over. It was a good day for fishing, with a cloudy sky
-and a favorable tide, but for some reason doubtless known only to them
-the fish refused the invitations extended. Arnold didn’t mind much, for
-he preferred talking to fishing today. With the launch tugging at her
-anchor they whiled away the most of the forenoon, Arnold at last fairly
-talking himself out on the subject of the knockabout.
-
-“What would you name her?” he asked. “How do you like _Sea Swallow_ or
-_Sea Lark_?”
-
-“I like _Sea Cow_ better,” replied Toby, pulling up his line to look
-disgustedly at the untouched bait. “Get something with more zip to it.
-Like _Dart_ or _Scud_――or――or _Slap-Bang_. _Slap-Bang_ would be a good
-name for a knockabout, for that’s just the way they go, slapping the
-water and banging down on the waves.”
-
-But Arnold wasn’t very enthusiastic about that suggestion. He said
-something “more――more romantic” would be better, and Toby, anxious to
-oblige, suggested in rapid succession _Polly_, _Mary_, _Moonlight_,
-_Lillian_, _Corsair_, _Pirate_, and _Mayflower_. But Arnold was hard to
-please, and turned up his nose at all of those. After that the subject
-was momentarily abandoned and Arnold reverted to the question of Toby’s
-expenditure of that one hundred and fifty dollars. It seemed to hurt
-Arnold to think of that magnificent sum lying idle in the bank, and he
-was all for action. He had more schemes for getting rid of it than Toby
-could remember.
-
-“How much did you say it would take to go to Yardley Hall for a year?”
-Toby asked finally, putting fresh bait on his hook and absent-mindedly
-wiping his hands on his trousers.
-
-“Yardley? I don’t remember what we figured it. Why?”
-
-“I was just thinking,” murmured Toby. “Seems to me we said it would be
-about three hundred and fifty dollars for everything.”
-
-“I guess so. Let’s see. A hundred and fifty for tuition, say two
-hundred for room and board, and about ten or fifteen for other things.
-How much is that?”
-
-“Three hundred and sixty-five,” replied Toby promptly. “I’d have to
-have two hundred and fifteen more, wouldn’t I?”
-
-“Say!” Arnold sat up very suddenly. “You’re not thinking of――of――――”
-
-Toby nodded. “Yes, I am thinking of it, but I guess it won’t get
-beyond the thinking, Arn. Where’d I get two hundred and fifteen
-more? Maybe dad could spare me fifty; say twenty-five at first and
-another twenty-five in the winter, but that would leave a hundred and
-sixty-five to be got somewhere. I don’t suppose a fellow could――could
-earn anything there, could he?”
-
-“I don’t believe so,” answered Arnold dejectedly.
-
-“I didn’t know. You read about fellows at college cutting grass and
-shoveling snow and――and things like that, you know, and helping
-themselves a whole lot. I thought maybe a fellow could do something of
-that sort at Yardley.”
-
-“Well, maybe he could,” said Arnold cautiously. “I wouldn’t say he
-couldn’t, Toby. Wouldn’t your father come across with more than fifty?”
-
-“I don’t say he’d come across with any,” answered Toby. “He isn’t
-making much money nowadays, although things look better this summer.
-He’s got four orders so far, counting yours, and one of them’s a
-pretty big one. But I wouldn’t want to ask him to let me have more than
-fifty, anyhow. If there was only some way to earn some money around
-here!” Toby gazed thoughtfully across at the near-by shore. “Running
-errands doesn’t get you much. I’ve thought of about everything.
-Sometimes you can do pretty well fishing and selling to the summer
-folks, but when the fish don’t bite any better than they’re biting
-today――――”
-
-His voice dwindled away into silence and for a minute only the lap-lap
-of the water was heard. Then it was Arnold who began again, prefacing
-his remark with a long sigh. “Gee, Toby, it would certainly be great
-if you could come to Yardley,” he said wistfully. “Think of the dandy
-times we could have! And playing ball like you did Saturday, I wouldn’t
-be surprised if you’d make your class team right off! And then there’s
-football and hockey――――!”
-
-Toby nodded agreement. “I’d sure like it,” he muttered.
-
-“Isn’t there any way to earn that much?” pursued Arnold. “Look here,
-couldn’t you do anything with this launch? Couldn’t you sell her for
-something?”
-
-Toby looked startled. “I hadn’t thought of that,” he said slowly. “She
-wouldn’t fetch much, though. Besides, you can buy plenty of second-hand
-launches around here. They are as thick as blackberries. Maybe――maybe
-I’ll think of some way, though. I――I’ve sort of made up my mind to go
-to that Yardley Hall place, Arn, and when I make up my mind I most
-always get what I’m after. It’s funny, but that’s the way it is.”
-
-“Well, then, you make up your mind hard!” laughed Arnold. “And I’ll
-make up mine hard, too. And――and maybe it’ll really happen!”
-
-“Maybe. Sometimes it seems to me as if when you want a thing you’ve
-just got to set your mind on it and――and steer right straight for it,
-and you’ll get it. I don’t suppose it always happens like that, but
-pretty often it does. You’ve got to sort of concentrate, Arn; forget
-other things and pick up your marks and――and keep your course mighty
-steady.” Toby drew up his empty hook and began reeling the line.
-“Anyway, I’m going to try it.”
-
-For the next several days Toby had queer periods of thoughtfulness,
-going off into trances without warning and quite alarming Arnold, who
-feared, or professed to fear, that his chum’s mind was giving way.
-“It’s having all that money to think about,” declared Arnold. “If you’d
-only spend it for something it wouldn’t worry you.”
-
-“As long as that bank doesn’t bust,” answered the other, “I’m not
-troubling about the money. Your father said it was a very safe bank,
-didn’t he?”
-
-“Safe as any of them,” teased Arnold, “but, of course, you never can
-tell when the cashier or――or some one will take it into his head to
-start off to Canada!”
-
-“Huh! They fetch ’em back now,” said Toby. “That doesn’t scare me. Dad
-says I might have put it in the postoffice, though.”
-
-“Buy stamps with it?” asked Arnold in a puzzled voice.
-
-“No, put it in the Postal Savings Bank. The government looks after it
-for you then, and I guess the government would be pretty safe, eh?”
-
-“So’s that bank you’ve got it in. If it wasn’t safe do you suppose
-father would keep money in it?”
-
-“N-no, I guess not. I wouldn’t want to lose that hundred and fifty
-though. I――I’ve got a use for that!”
-
-“Have you asked your father about Yardley yet?”
-
-Toby shook his head. “I thought I’d better wait until I had some more.
-Only thing is”――he frowned deeply――“I don’t know how to get any more!
-I’ve been thinking and thinking!”
-
-“Oh, well, there’s lots of time yet. Come on down to the shed and see
-how the boat’s getting along.”
-
-The knockabout was coming fast and Arnold never tired of watching Mr.
-Tucker and “Long Tim” and “Shorty” at work. Long Tim’s full name was
-Timothy Tenney. He stood fully six feet three inches tall when he
-straightened up, but that was seldom since the bending over to his work
-for some forty-odd years had put a perceptible stoop to his shoulders.
-Long Tim was thin and angular and weather beaten, with a fringe of
-grizzled whiskers from ear to ear, and very little in the way of hair
-above the whiskers. He loved to talk, and was a mine of strange, even
-unbelievable information which he was quite ready to impart in his
-nasal drawl. “Shorty” was Joe Cross, a small, square chunk of a man who
-had come ashore years before from a Newfoundland lumber schooner and
-had forgotten to return until the schooner had sailed again. Shorty
-had a family somewhere in Canada, and was forever threatening to go
-back to it, but never got further than New York. Long Tim came from a
-family of boat-builders, but Shorty had learned the trade under Mr.
-Tucker. Both were capable workmen, although Long Tim looked on Shorty
-as still merely an apprentice, and shook his head dolefully when he was
-entrusted with any more particular task than driving a nail.
-
-If Arnold could have had his way he would have spent most of his waking
-hours sitting in the boat shed with his feet in sawdust and shavings
-and auger chips watching the knockabout grow and listening to the
-ceaseless drawling of Long Tim. But Toby wasn’t satisfied to dawdle
-like that and hailed Arnold off to various more lively occupations.
-Several afternoons during the next ten days were spent by Arnold, none
-too enthusiastically, in practicing ball with the Spanish Head team in
-preparation for that approaching game.
-
-Toby, too, put in a little time in a similar way, but the trouble with
-Toby’s team was that it was impossible to get all the fellows together
-at the same time. Usually they were shy from one to four players and
-were forced to fill up the ranks with such volunteers as were on
-hand. Arnold brought stirring tales of practice over at the Head and
-predicted overwhelming victory for his nine. But Toby refused to become
-alarmed. The Towners had won once, and he believed they could do it
-again. Even if they couldn’t there was still no harm done. Baseball
-was only baseball and some one had to lose!
-
-It was on a Wednesday, just a week after that first contest, that Toby
-stood on the town landing float and waited for Arnold to come over from
-the Head in the _Frolic_. At low tide it was finicky work getting up
-to the boat-yard pier, and Arnold tied up at the town float instead.
-The hour was still early, for in the Tucker cottage breakfast was
-at six-thirty in summer, and Toby had cleaned the spark-plug on the
-_Turnover_, mended a window screen, walked to the grocery store and
-back on an errand, and reached the landing, and, behind him, the clock
-in the church tower showed the time to be still well short of eight.
-Arnold had promised to come across early, however, since they had
-planned to run up to Riverport and get some hardware for the knockabout
-which was waiting for them at the freight depot. Save that Toby was
-seated across the bow of a dory instead of on a box, he presented
-much the same appearance as at our first meeting with him. Perhaps
-his skin was a little deeper brown, and perhaps, as he gazed again
-across the harbor and bay, his face was a trifle more thoughtful――or
-his thoughtfulness a bit more earnest. And he was whistling a new
-tune under his breath, something that Phebe had of late been playing
-incessantly on the old-fashioned square piano in the cottage parlor.
-The harbor was quiet and almost deserted. On a black sloop, moored well
-off the landing, a man was busy with pail and swab, but, excepting
-for the gulls, he was the only moving thing in sight until footsteps
-sounded on the pier above and a man descended the gangplank.
-
-He was a middle-aged man in a suit of blue serge and square-toed shoes,
-and he carried a brown leather satchel. He looked like a person in a
-hurry, Toby concluded, although there was no apparent reason for his
-hurry. He looked impatiently about the float and then at Toby.
-
-“Isn’t there a ferry here?” he demanded.
-
-“No, sir. Where do you want to go?”
-
-“Johnstown. I thought there was a ferry over there. I was told there
-was.” He viewed Toby accusingly.
-
-Toby shook his head. “There used to be, sir, about six years ago, but
-the man who ran it died, and――――”
-
-“Great Scott! Do you mean to tell me that I’ve got to go way around by
-Riverport? Why, that’ll take me two hours! And I’ve got an appointment
-there at nine! What sort of a place is this, anyway? No ferry! No place
-to get any breakfast! No――no――――!” he sputtered angrily.
-
-“I guess it’ll take most of two hours by carriage,” agreed Toby, “but I
-can put you over there by eight-thirty, sir.”
-
-“You’ve got a boat?”
-
-“Yes, sir, but――――”
-
-“Where is it?” The stranger’s gaze swept over the bobbing craft. “I
-suppose it’s a sailboat and we’ll drift around out there half the
-morning. Well, I’ll try it. Good gracious, only seventy miles from
-the city and no――no accommodations of any sort! No place to eat, no
-ferry――――”
-
-“Yes, sir, we’re sort of slow around here,” agreed Toby, calmly.
-
-“Slow! I should say you were slow! Well, where’s the boat? Bring it
-along! There’s no time to waste, young fellow!”
-
-“Well, if you don’t have to be there before nine”――Toby looked over his
-shoulder at the church clock――“you’ve got plenty of time to have some
-breakfast before we start. It’s only three miles across and I’ve got a
-launch that’ll do it in twenty minutes easy.”
-
-“Launch, eh? That’s better! Show me where I can get a cup of coffee
-then. I haven’t had anything to eat since last night. I left
-Southampton at six and there wasn’t time. Got a restaurant here
-somewhere, have you?”
-
-“Not exactly a restaurant,” replied Toby, “but if you’ll come with me
-I’ll show you where you can get some coffee and bread and butter. The
-launch is over there, anyway, so it won’t take much longer.”
-
-“Look ahead, then,” said the man. “I’ll go most anywhere for a cup
-of coffee!” The prospect of food seemed to better his humor, for all
-the way up the landing and around the road to the cottage he asked
-questions and conversed quite jovially. When, however, he discovered
-that the boy had led him to his home he was all for backing down.
-
-“It’s very kind of you,” he said, “but I wouldn’t want to bother any
-one to make coffee for me. I’ll wait till I get to Johnstown.”
-
-“It won’t be any trouble, sir, and my mother will be glad to do it.
-Gee, she’d like it if I’d bring some one around to be fed every day!
-Please, come right in, sir, and sit down, and mother’ll have something
-ready for you in no time.”
-
-Hesitatingly, the stranger allowed himself to be conducted up the steps
-and into the sitting room, and Toby went to the kitchen and acquainted
-his mother with the needs of the occasion, producing in Mrs. Tucker
-a fine flurry of excitement and an enthusiastic delight. Ten minutes
-later, refreshed and grateful, the stranger――he had introduced himself
-as Mr. Whitney of New York――followed Toby through the yard, down the
-slippery ladder, and into the _Turnover_. If he felt dubious about
-trusting himself to that craft and to Toby’s seamanship, he made no
-sign. Toby cast off and then faced his passenger.
-
-“I guess,” he announced, “we’d ought to agree on a price before we
-start, sir.”
-
-“Eh? Oh, yes! Well, you’ve got me where I can’t say much, young fellow.
-Just be easy and there won’t be any kick from me. What’s the damage
-going to be?”
-
-“Well, sir, it’s three miles over there, and gasoline’s worth
-twenty-three cents this week, and――――”
-
-“Don’t frighten me to death!” laughed the man. “Will five dollars do
-the trick?”
-
-“Five dollars!” Toby gasped.
-
-“Not enough? Call it seven-fifty then.”
-
-“It’s too much! Why, a dollar――or maybe, a dollar and a half――――”
-
-The stranger laughed loudly. “Go ahead, then! But you’ll never be a
-millionaire if you do business that way. When any one offers you five
-dollars, young fellow, it’s poor business to take less.”
-
-Toby smiled as he put the handle in the fly-wheel. “Seems to me, sir,”
-he said, “it’s just as poor business to offer five dollars when the
-job’s only worth a dollar and a half!”
-
-“Well, that’s right, too!” The man chuckled. “Maybe that’s why I’m not
-a millionaire yet. Want me to do anything in the way of steering?”
-
-“No, sir, thanks. I’ll steer from here.”
-
-The _Turnover_ backed away from the pier, turned and crept out of the
-narrow channel, across the cove and into the harbor. Half-way to the
-entrance they passed a surprised Arnold at the wheel of the _Frolic_
-and Toby called across to him that he would be back about a quarter
-past nine. Arnold nodded and waved and the white launch and the gray
-swept past each other. The passenger came forward and made himself
-comfortable opposite Toby as the _Turnover_ pointed her nose across the
-bay. In the course of the conversation that ensued above the clatter of
-the little engine Toby learned that Mr. Whitney was a contractor and
-that he was going to Johnstown to consult with a man about building a
-cottage there.
-
-“I’m doing some work at Southampton,” he explained, “and it’s going
-to be awkward for a while getting from one place to the other. Guess
-I’ll have to buy me one of these things, eh? Unless――look here, want
-to arrange to take me back and forth now and then? I’ll pay you three
-dollars the round trip.”
-
-“Yes, sir, I’d be glad to,” agreed Toby eagerly. “When would you want
-to go again?”
-
-“I don’t know that yet. This little tub seems pretty seaworthy. Run her
-a good deal, have you?”
-
-“Yes, sir, and others before her. She isn’t much to look at, but she’s
-a good boat.”
-
-“What do you call her?”
-
-“The _Turnover_.”
-
-“The which?”
-
-“_Turnover_, sir,” repeated Toby, smiling.
-
-“Well, that’s a pleasant, reassuring sort of name for a launch! Does
-she――does she do it――often?”
-
-“No, sir, she’s never done it yet,” laughed Toby. “You can’t tell much
-by names, Mr. Whitney.”
-
-“H’m; well, I’m glad to hear it. I was thinking that maybe we’d better
-call that bargain off! Is that the landing ahead there?”
-
-“Yes, sir. We’ll be in in a minute or two.”
-
-“I suppose you get mail in Greenhaven? Well, I’ll drop you a line some
-day soon and tell you when I’ll be along next. Let me see, what’s your
-name?”
-
-“Tucker, sir; T. Tucker.”
-
-“T? For Thomas?”
-
-“N-no, sir; for Tobias; Toby for short.”
-
-“I see! Toby Tucker, Greenhaven, Long Island.” Mr. Whitney set the
-address down in a memorandum book. “All right, Toby, you’ll hear from
-me.” He replaced the little book in a vest pocket and pulled out a
-wallet. “Now, we’ll settle up for the present trip and start fair the
-next time.” He took a five-dollar bill from the purse and handed it
-across.
-
-“I――I can’t change that, sir,” said Toby. “You can let it go until next
-time.”
-
-“I don’t want you to change it, Toby. I guess five isn’t too much for
-that breakfast and this trip. It’s worth it to me, anyway.”
-
-“There isn’t any charge for breakfast,” Toby protested.
-
-“Well, then, we’ll call it a bonus on the contract. Stick it in your
-pocket, young fellow, and don’t look as if it was poison.”
-
-“But it’s a lot more than it ought to be,” stammered Toby.
-
-“Don’t you worry about that,” laughed the man. “It’s worth ten times
-five dollars to me to get here on time. Here we are! Much obliged to
-you, Tobias. See you again. Good-by!”
-
-Mr. Whitney, bag in hand, jumped nimbly to the float, waved a hand, and
-hurried away, leaving Toby the happy possessor of the magnificent sum
-of five dollars, a beatific prospect of more, and a wonderful idea!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-“T. TUCKER, PROP.”
-
-
-The wonderful idea he explained to Arnold as, half an hour later, they
-started off in the _Frolic_ for Riverport.
-
-“What he said about the ferry put it in my head,” said Toby. “There
-used to be a ferry across to Johnstown five or six years ago. I guess
-there weren’t many passengers then, but it must have paid or else old
-Captain Gould wouldn’t have run it so long. And it seems to me there’d
-be more folks wanting to get across now than there was then. Why, six
-years ago there wasn’t a half dozen summer cottages around Greenhaven.
-And the hotel at Johnstown wasn’t built, either. I guess if folks knew
-there was a regular ferry across they’d use it. Don’t it seem so to
-you, Arn?”
-
-“Sure! But would the _Turnover_ be big enough, Toby?”
-
-“She’ll hold eight without crowding, and I guess if I ever get eight
-folks at once I’ll be pretty lucky.”
-
-“How much would you charge?”
-
-“Fifty cents,” replied Toby promptly. “Do you think that’s too much? I
-could make a round trip rate of seventy-five, maybe.”
-
-“No, fifty cents isn’t much for a three-mile trip. How often would you
-make it?”
-
-“Four times a day, twice in the morning and twice in the afternoon.
-I could leave here at nine, say, and come back at ten. Then I could
-go over again at eleven, two, and four. Even if I carried only four
-passengers a day it would be two dollars, and that would make twelve
-dollars a week. And there’s twelve weeks yet, and that would be a
-hundred and forty-four dollars!”
-
-“You’ve got to think about gas and oil, though, Toby.”
-
-“That’s so! Well, gas would cost me about twenty cents a day, and
-oil――say, five, although it wouldn’t come to so much. That would make
-it a dollar and seventy-five cents instead of two, wouldn’t it? How
-much would I have at the end of the summer?”
-
-Arnold did some mental arithmetic and announced the result as a
-hundred and twenty-six dollars. “But you’d ought to get more than four
-passengers a day, Toby, after folks heard about it. You could put up
-notices, couldn’t you?”
-
-“Yes, and I’d have a sign on the landing, and――――” he paused and
-frowned. “I wonder if they’d make me pay for using the town landing.
-They might, you know.”
-
-“I don’t see why. It would be a――a public accommodation!”
-
-“I can find out. Anyway, they couldn’t ask much, I guess.”
-
-“If I were you I’d change the name of your launch, though,” Arnold
-advised. “Ladies might feel sort of――of nervous about going in a boat
-with a name like that.”
-
-“What would you call her?” asked Toby, dubiously. “Changing the name
-might change the luck, and my luck’s been pretty good lately.”
-
-“I don’t know. You could find another name all right. Say, Toby, why
-couldn’t I come in on it? I wouldn’t want any of the money, of course,
-but we could use the _Frolic_ any time we had a lot of passengers.
-Would you mind if I helped?”
-
-“No, I’d be awfully glad to have you, only――do you think your father
-would want you to?”
-
-“He wouldn’t mind. I’ll ask him tonight. I could bring this boat over
-in the morning and then we could use whichever one we wanted to. Maybe
-if there were ladies going over they’d rather go in the _Frolic_.”
-
-“I guess maybe they would,” laughed Toby. “But there wouldn’t be many
-ladies, probably. I suppose if I took other folks over to Johnstown for
-fifty cents I couldn’t ask Mr. Whitney to pay any more, could I?”
-
-“Why not? He made a bargain with you, didn’t he? If you got a dollar
-and a half from him, besides what you made from other people――――”
-
-But Toby shook his head. “It wouldn’t be fair. I’d ask him the same
-as the rest. Only, maybe there won’t be any rest. It wouldn’t do any
-harm to try it for a couple of weeks, though, eh? And it might turn out
-fine!”
-
-“It will! I’ll bet there’s lots of folks over at the Head who’d be
-mighty glad to get over to Johnstown if they didn’t have to go all
-around by road. Why, it must be ten or twelve miles by the road!”
-
-All the way up the river to the landing at Riverport, all the way to
-the freight house, all the way back, laden with a forty-pound box
-of yacht hardware, and all the way home again they talked over the
-ferry scheme, Arnold becoming even more enthusiastic than Toby. They
-developed the plan until, in their imaginations, they could see a whole
-flotilla of ferryboats crossing the bay to Johnstown and Riverport
-and around to Shinnecock and even as far as Mattituck! And real
-ferryboats, too; fine white and gold cabin launches holding as many as
-thirty persons! And Toby was to stand at the wheel and navigate while
-Arnold, in a resplendent white duck suit and cap with crossed anchors
-on it was to collect the fares!
-
-The only thing that worried Arnold was that he would be so busy helping
-Toby operate the ferry line that he wouldn’t have time to use the new
-knockabout. But Toby brought partial consolation by pointing out that
-there’d be time, between trips, maybe, and that, anyway, they’d have
-the evenings. Even baseball went to the discard for the rest of that
-week, so busy were they planning and perfecting the new ferry service.
-Frank Lamson, whose one desire just then was to wreak vengeance on the
-town ball team, threatened mutiny, declaring that if Arnold didn’t call
-practice and attend it he and the other members of the Spanish Head
-team would take affairs into their own hands and elect a new captain.
-Arnold managed to put him off until Monday, however, and by that time
-“Tucker’s Ferry Line” was about ready for business. Toby had decided to
-wait until Thursday before starting the service in order to play that
-ball game on Wednesday. Arnold would have canceled it willingly, but
-Toby declared that it wouldn’t be fair to the fellows who had joined
-his team, and practiced more or less faithfully, to disband without at
-least one more game.
-
-“After Wednesday I’ll tell them I can’t play any more and then they can
-choose another captain and keep on if they want to. Maybe if the ferry
-doesn’t succeed we can have some more games. It wouldn’t interfere
-with your playing, Arn, because we wouldn’t both have to attend to the
-ferry.”
-
-But Arnold denied that vigorously. “I’m going to do my full share of
-the work,” he declared. “Besides, I can play baseball most any time.
-Those fellows can find a new captain, if they like, and go on playing.
-I guess Frank will be glad to take the job. He doesn’t much like the
-way I’m doing it, anyway,” he concluded with a laugh.
-
-On Friday, Long Tim, painter as well as carpenter, planed down a
-four-foot pine plank after hours, sandpapered it, braided a small
-half-round along the edges, and covered the whole with a priming coat
-of white paint. And then, the following evening, while Toby and Arnold
-stood over him, breathless and admiring, he traced out the inscription
-“Johnstown Ferry,” filled in the letters with black, put another coat
-of white on the remainder of the surface, and finally finished up by
-placing a black border around all. The boys viewed the result with
-enthusiastic approval and sighed with regret when Long Tim turned it to
-the wall to dry. They found a new name for the _Turnover_ that evening
-by the simple expedient of chopping off the first and last letters, and
-the launch became, for the summer at least, the _Urnove_.
-
-On Monday morning Toby parted with two dollars and a half of that
-precious five in exchange for fifty cardboard placards which announced
-startlingly:
-
- GREENHAVEN-JOHNSTOWN FERRY
-
- Commencing Thursday, July 17, launches _Frolic_ and _Urnove_
- will leave the town landing for Johnstown daily except Sunday
- at 9 and 11 A. M. and 2 and 4 P. M. Returning, leave Johnstown
- one-half hour later. Fare, one way, 50 cents. Round trip, 75
- cents.
-
- T. TUCKER, PROP.
-
-Armed with the placards, Toby and Arnold made the round of the
-principal stores in Greenhaven and Johnstown and saw them obligingly
-placed in the windows. The hotel at Johnstown was similarly honored, as
-was the postoffice there and in their own town. And after that they
-tacked the notices wherever they thought they would attract attention
-without entailing a penalty. The final placard――no, not the final one,
-either, for Arnold kept that to go up in his room at school, but the
-next to the last one was tacked to the side of Hawkins’ leather store
-at the corner of the alley that led to the landing, and, lest some one
-might be in doubt as to the location of the town landing, Arnold added
-a hand, which pointed quite dramatically down the little lane.
-
-Long Tim put the sign in place that evening. Mr. Hawkins was very
-complaisant, perhaps thinking that some of the patrons of the ferry
-might be attracted to his stock, and gave ready permission to attach
-the sign to the alley side of the store so that it jutted out well over
-the sidewalk and was visible a block away. The boys were certain of
-that, because they hurried along the street to a position in front of
-the postoffice and looked! They spent most a quarter of an hour viewing
-Long Tim’s handiwork from various places at various angles, and would
-have stayed longer if it hadn’t got dark.
-
-The question of paying for the privilege of using the landing was still
-unsettled. It had been left to Mr. Tucker, who was himself one of
-the selectmen, and Mr. Tucker reported that the other members of the
-board were unable to reach any conclusion in the matter and proposed
-postponing a decision until the next town meeting, which was scheduled
-for November. Meanwhile he advised Toby to go ahead as long as no one
-interfered with him, which Toby did.
-
-Mr. Tucker, rather to Toby’s surprise, approved of the ferry enterprise
-warmly. “Likely,” he said, “you won’t make a pile of money, Toby, but
-it’ll keep you out of mischief and give you something to do. And I’m
-not saying it won’t pay, either. I guess there’s folks that’ll be glad
-to run over to Johnstown that way instead of driving to the Port and
-taking the train. What you going to do with all your wealth, Toby,
-anyhow? Maybe you’d like to buy into the business, eh?”
-
-Toby hesitated a minute, but it seemed a very good opportunity to
-tell his father of his ambition to go to Yardley Hall School, and he
-did so. Mr. Tucker listened without comment until Toby had somewhat
-breathlessly finished. Then he did what was very characteristic. He
-pushed back an imaginary hat――the conversation took place in the
-cottage one evening just before bedtime――and scratched his head
-thoughtfully. At last:
-
-“That’s a pile of money, son, to spend for a year’s schooling. What are
-you going to get out of it that you can’t get over at Johnstown? Do they
-teach you more things at this school you’re telling of?”
-
-“N-no, sir, not more, exactly. Maybe they do, though, too. But it’s
-being at a place like that that’s the fun, Dad.”
-
-“Fun, eh? Sure it isn’t just the fun you’re thinking of? Three or four
-hundred dollars is a sight of money to spend for fun!”
-
-“I’m not thinking of only that, Dad. I――I guess I can’t explain very
-well, but it’s meeting other fellows and――and making friendships and
-learning how to――to look after myself that I’m thinking of.”
-
-“Seems to me you could do all that at high school, Toby. And high
-school won’t cost more’n a fifth as much, fares and all. It’s your
-money and I suppose you ought to have the spending of it, so long’s
-you don’t spend it plumb foolishly. But what occurs to me is that this
-Yardley Hall place is a mighty poor place for a boy who hasn’t plenty
-of money. Mostly rich boys, ain’t they; those that go to it?”
-
-“No, sir, Arnold says there are lots of fellows who aren’t rich;
-fellows about like me, Dad.”
-
-“H’m, well, I don’t know. We’ll think it over. What you going to do
-next year for money? One year won’t do you much good, I guess.”
-
-“I don’t know. Only, somehow, I’ve got a hunch that if I can get
-through the first year I’ll manage the others, Dad.”
-
-Mr. Tucker shook his head. “I wouldn’t put too much faith on ‘hunches,’
-as you call ’em, Toby. I’ll talk to Arnold about this school some day.
-If it’s going to give you something the high school can’t give you,
-son, and you’ve got the money to pay for it, why, I don’t know as I’m
-going to interfere none. But you’ll have to get your ma’s consent.”
-
-Toby agreed, feeling fairly certain that he could obtain that without
-much difficulty, although he knew that his mother would view his
-absence from home with alarm and sorrow. When Phebe was told of the
-plan she disappointed Toby by her lack of enthusiasm at first.
-
-“You mean that you’ll be away from home for months at a time?” she
-asked dolorously. “Won’t you be coming home ever, Toby?”
-
-“Maybe, but I guess I couldn’t afford to come home very often even if
-they’d let me. Of course, I’d be home at Christmas and――and Easter.”
-
-“Christmas is a long time from September. I suppose it’ll be perfectly
-dandy for you, Toby, but――but I’ll be awfully lonesome!”
-
-“You wouldn’t be after awhile. I guess I’d be, too, at first. But we
-don’t have to worry about that, because maybe there won’t anything come
-of it.”
-
-But Phebe refused to be consoled so easily. She assured him that she
-“just felt that he would go!”
-
-And Toby, although pretending to have no faith in her premonition,
-secretly hoped it would prove correct.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-TRICK FOR TRICK
-
-
-Wednesday didn’t promise very well at first for the baseball game, for
-the morning dawned dark and lowery, with a thick fog rolling in from
-the bay. But by noon the fog-horns had ceased bellowing, the mist had
-burned off and the sun was out again. The audience was flatteringly
-large when the game began at half-past three, the Head being
-represented by an impressive array of cars and carriages which, after
-climbing the hill by a stony and devious lane, parked along the edge of
-the field. Mr. Trainor was again on hand to umpire, and his brother and
-Mrs. Trainor sat on the grass back of first base under a vividly green
-sunshade and poked fun at him and “rooted” enthusiastically for the
-Towners. Toby’s team contained a new player in the person of “Chuck”
-Morgan, who took Harry Glass’s place at shortstop, Harry being confined
-at home with the mumps. The Spaniards, too, presented a stranger in
-their line-up, a large youth named Phillips, who held down third base.
-Toby and the other Towners viewed Phillips with misgiving and some
-indignation, for he must have been nineteen years old if he was a day.
-Toby sought Arnold and registered an objection vigorously.
-
-“We didn’t agree to play with grown-ups, Arn,” he said. “We haven’t a
-fellow over sixteen on our team.”
-
-Arnold was apologetic. “It’s Frank’s doing, Toby,” he explained. “Sam
-Cushing’s away and Frank said he knew of a fellow to take his place,
-and I told him to get him. I didn’t know he was so old. If I had I
-wouldn’t have let him on. But there isn’t any one else we can get now.
-Still, if you say you won’t play against him, all right. Maybe we can
-borrow a fellow from you.”
-
-“He looks like a pretty good player,” murmured Toby, mollified, but
-still dubious. “Is he?”
-
-“I don’t know much about him. I’ll ask Frank.”
-
-Frank Lamson was summoned to the conference and the question put to
-him. “Phillips?” replied Frank, carelessly. “No, I guess he isn’t much
-at baseball. He played football at Townsend School last year, but I
-never heard he was much of a baseball shark. Anyway, we’re only playing
-for fun, Toby, so what does it matter?”
-
-“Well, he’s a heap older than us fellows,” Toby objected. “It doesn’t
-seem quite fair, that’s all.”
-
-“You’re afraid of getting licked,” laughed Frank. “Be a sport, Toby!”
-
-“If Toby doesn’t want us to play Phillips,” began Arnold.
-
-“We haven’t any one else, though,” said Frank impatiently. “We can’t
-play them with only eight men!”
-
-“All right,” said Toby. “Go ahead. Maybe it won’t make any difference.”
-
-But it did make a difference, as was soon apparent. For when Tracey
-Gay had reached first on Tony George’s poor peg to Billy Conners,
-and Arnold had sacrificed him neatly to second, Phillips stepped to
-the plate in a knowing way, swung at Tim Chrystal’s first offering,
-and slammed it into deep right for two bases, scoring Gay. One more
-tally was added before the Towners succeeded in disposing of the third
-Spaniard, and that two-run lead held until the fourth inning. Then
-Tony George, first man up for the home team, got a scratch hit past
-shortstop and Gus Whelan sent him to second on a bunt, being thrown out
-at first. The next two men went out, and it was up to “Snub” Mooney
-to rescue the runner on second. This Snub did by dropping a “Texas
-Leaguer” behind third, Tony George getting to third on the hit and
-racing home when the fielder unwisely threw to second to get Snub. Snub
-slid into the bag unchallenged, and Tony got to the plate before the
-ball from second baseman reached the catcher.
-
-But the Spaniards came back in their inning and added two more tallies,
-making the score 4 to 1. In the fifth the Towners went down in one,
-two, three style, for Frank Lamson was pitching a much better game
-than a fortnight before and the whole team from the Head was playing
-together in very snappy form. There was some improvement in the Towners
-as well, but they displayed an unfortunate disposition to make errors
-at critical times. Tim Chrystal was slanting them over in good shape,
-but both Phillips and George Dodson found him for long hits every
-time they came up. The game held more excitement than had the first
-contest, and Mr. Trainor, very warm and perspiring, was forced to make
-a number of close decisions at bases. Whenever he did so loud hoots of
-derision came from under the green sunshade! Mr. Trainor’s office was
-no sinecure that hot afternoon!
-
-It was the seventh that saw things happen. Manuel Sousa waited and got
-his base. Morgan laid down a bunt half-way to the pitcher’s box, and
-Frank juggled the ball and both runners were safe. “Snub” Mooney went
-out, third baseman to first, advancing the runners. Tim Chrystal, who
-had so far failed to connect, smashed a line drive into short center.
-Sousa and Morgan tallied, but Tim was out in an attempt to reach second
-on the throw-in. With two gone, the inning looked about over, but Toby,
-next up, took advantage of Frank’s momentary let-down and pushed the
-ball down the third base line just out of reach of the accomplished
-Phillips, who had so far fielded his position like a veteran――which
-he probably was. After that, although Frank threw to first repeatedly
-in an effort to catch him, Toby stole second on the third delivery,
-beating the throw by inches only,――but beating it. Billy Conners fouled
-off two strikes, watched two balls go past him, fouled another for good
-measure, and then landed on a drop and raised it high and far into
-center field.
-
-Hal Mason had scarcely to move out of his tracks to take it, but
-somehow he let it get away from him after it had settled into his
-hands, and Toby, legging it like a jack rabbit, raced around third
-and slid the last ten feet to the plate in a cloud of yellow dust and
-scored without question. Then Tubby Knowles, desperate and determined,
-tried his very best to bring Billy Conners in from second but only
-succeeded in popping a fly to shortstop. But the score had changed to 4
-to 4, and the Towners had bright visions of another victory.
-
-Tim Chrystal began badly, though, by passing Frank Lamson. Then Mason
-singled to left and George Dodson sent a long fly to Tubby Knowles,
-which that rotund youth captured after a breath-taking sprint, almost
-to the foul line. Frank took third and Mason reached second.
-
-Tracey Gay rolled one toward third. Frank scored and Tracey was safe
-at first on a wide peg by Tony George. Tracey stole and a moment later
-Arnold worked Tim for a pass and filled the bases with but one down.
-Things looked bad then for the Towners, and no better when the renowned
-Phillips, after a conference between Toby and Tim, was purposely
-passed, forcing in another tally. Then, however, Pete Lord struck out
-and the Spaniard’s shortstop, after knocking two screeching fouls in
-among the carriages and automobiles and almost producing heart failure
-in the Towners, popped a weak fly to Billy Conners at first, and Toby
-drew a deep breath of relief.
-
-The Towners came back in the eighth with another tally, making the
-score 6 to 5, when Manuel Sousa, with one down and Gus Whelan on
-second, landed on one of Frank’s fast ones and drove it far out into
-right field. Tracey Gay got under it and made a spectacular catch, but
-his throw-in was short, and by the time Arnold had got it and relayed
-it to the plate Gus Whelan had tallied. Try as they might, however, the
-Towners could not even up the score, for Chuck Morgan, after beating
-out a slow bunt, was caught going down to second.
-
-The Spaniards went to bat with the evident intention of putting the
-game on ice there and then, for First Baseman Lord connected with the
-first ball Tim offered him and slammed it so hard at Chuck Morgan that
-Chuck had to drop it and hunt around before he could get his stinging
-hands on it once more. Then Frank tried to bunt twice and failed, and,
-with two strikes and one ball on him, rolled one down to third.
-
-Tony George threw to second too late and both runners were safe. Then,
-however, Tim struck out Hal Mason and Dodson, and, swinging fearsomely,
-only succeeded in sending a foul to Tony George which that youth
-juggled but eventually saved. Tracy Gay got a safety past third, but
-Lord decided not to try for the plate, since Tubby Knowles had come in
-fast and had scooped up the ball before Lord was well around third.
-With the bases full, Arnold went to bat looking very determined. But
-there were two down and, as Tim refused to send him anything he could
-line out, he finally brought the inning to an end by flying out to
-center fielder.
-
-Snub Mooney, first up for the Towners in the ninth, drew a base on
-balls, but was out when Tim Chrystal hit to shortstop. Tim went on
-second when Toby placed a short fly behind first base that no one
-could reach. Then Billy Conners hit down the alley between shortstop
-and third, and suddenly the bases were full with only one out, and
-the Towners on the bench and their friends in the stand were shouting
-joyfully. Perhaps it was the noise and the vociferous coaching of the
-opponents that affected Frank Lamson’s command of the ball. At all
-events, after pitching two into the dirt and one over Tubby Knowles’s
-head, he worked a drop over for a strike and then plugged Tubby
-in the ribs. Tubby very promptly sat down on the plate and stared
-speechlessly, breathlessly, and accusingly at the pitcher until Tim
-trotted in from third and prodded him into activity with his toe.
-
-“Beat it, Tubby!” said Tim. “Go ahead down! You’ve tied the score!”
-
-Tubby, amidst laughter and wild acclaim, got to his feet groaning
-loudly and, a hand pressed anxiously to his side, limped to first. The
-Towners whooped joyously. The score was 6–6, the bases were still full,
-and there was but one out!
-
-Frank Lamson and Catcher Dodson met and talked it over, and then Arnold
-walked in from second and they talked it over some more. And the enemy
-hooted and gibed and demanded action. Frank went back to the mound
-and Arnold to his position. On the bases the runners, encouraged by
-shrill shouts from the coachers, took long leads. Toby, at third, ran
-half-way to the plate on Frank’s first wind-up, with the result that
-the delivery was wild and Dodson only prevented a tally by blocking the
-ball with his body. Then Frank threw to third quickly and unexpectedly
-and Toby had a narrow escape. Once more Frank tried it, but this time
-Toby was watchful. Then Frank walked out of the box and signaled to
-Phillips, and the third baseman advanced some ten feet from base to
-meet him. Frank kept an eye on Toby while he and Phillips conferred,
-and although Snub Mooney raised a wonderful racket back of base and
-Toby threatened dashes to the plate, the latter had no chance to get
-home. Frank and Phillips whispered with heads very close and then
-Phillips returned to the bag, Frank walked back to the box, apparently
-rubbing the ball with his hands, and Toby danced along the path again.
-And then――well, then Phillips took the ball from under his arm, stepped
-after Toby and dug him none too gently in the ribs with it! And Mr.
-Trainor waved his hand and said, “Out at third!” in a rather disgusted
-tone of voice. And Toby, surprised, dismayed and, it must be confessed,
-decidedly peeved, dropped his head and joined Snub on the coaching line.
-
-“That’s a kid trick,” he said to Phillips, contemptuously.
-
-“Bush league stuff,” supplemented Snub. “Why don’t you play the game
-fairly?”
-
-The big third baseman grinned mockingly as he turned after throwing the
-ball back to Frank. “Keep your eyes open, fellows,” he replied. “You’re
-easy!”
-
-By that time the Towners had flocked across from the bench, protesting
-angrily. “Hiding the ball’s forbidden,” declared Gus Whelan. “How about
-that, Mr. Umpire?”
-
-“He’s out,” replied Mr. Trainor, calmly. Gus and the others sputtered,
-but Toby sent them back.
-
-“There’s no rule against the hidden-ball trick,” he told them. “It was
-my fault. I ought to have seen it. It’s all right, though, fellows. We
-only want one run. Let’s have it. Hit it out, Tony!”
-
-But Tony swung helplessly under one of Frank’s fast ones and let the
-third delivery go by and heard it called a strike.
-
-“Gee, I wish he could hit it,” muttered Toby to Snub. “If we can only
-get Billy to third we can get him in. I’ll coach here. You beat it down
-to first, Snub, and take it there. Manuel’s up after Gus.”
-
-Frank tried the batter with a wide one that didn’t fool him, and it was
-two and two.
-
-“It only takes one, Tony!” called Toby. “Pick out a good one!”
-
-And Tony did that very thing the next instant when Frank tried to
-sneak one over in the groove. Tony met it not quite squarely, but he
-met it and the ball shot across the infield and for the first moment
-looked like a safe hit. But Arnold dashed to the right and, although
-he couldn’t make the catch, knocked the ball down. Billy Conners was
-turning third, but Toby seized him and shoved him back by main force,
-for Arnold had recovered the ball and finding that he was too late to
-get the runner at second or first, was pegging to the plate.
-
-“I could have made it!” gasped Billy, disappointedly.
-
-“You didn’t have a chance,” answered Toby. “Now listen. Hug your base
-until I shout ‘GO!’ and then don’t stop to look or anything. Just beat
-it! Understand?”
-
-“All right.” Billy got his foot on the base while Frank received the
-ball back from the catcher and glanced around the field. The bases
-were filled once more and at the plate Gus Whelan was tapping his bat
-eagerly.
-
-“Two gone, fellows!” called Arnold. “Play for the batter!”
-
-Frank folded his fingers around the ball and settled for the wind-up.
-And at that instant Toby stepped across the base path and held up his
-hand.
-
-“Hi, Frank!” he called. “That ball’s ripped! We want another one!”
-
-Frank looked the ball over. “No, it isn’t. It’s perfectly all right.”
-
-“I tell you it is ripped! Let’s see it!”
-
-“Go on and play the game,” shouted Phillips.
-
-“I want to see that ball,” demanded Toby, advancing into the diamond.
-
-“It’s all right, I tell you,” replied Frank impatiently. “Get off the
-field, Toby.”
-
-“If it’s all right show it to me then.”
-
-Frank muttered, stepped out of the box and tossed the ball to Toby.
-“Have a look, then, and hurry up,” he growled.
-
-“Go!” yelled Toby. Instantly Billy Conners streaked for the plate, Toby
-stepped to one side and the ball went bounding across the base line.
-Pandemonium reigned. From second came Tubby, galloping for all he was
-worth, from first raced Tony. Phillips, after an instant of surprise,
-scurried after the ball. Billy swept across the plate. Toby waved Tubby
-on. Over near the fringe of the autos and traps Phillips was scooping
-up the ball. But by the time he had rescued it Tubby was rolling over
-and over in a cloud of dust across the plate and Tony was sliding, more
-scientifically but no less effectually, into third!
-
-The entire infield flocked about the umpire. Six voices shouted
-together. At first Toby smiled gently and winked at Tony George. And
-Tony, breathless but delighted, sat on the bag and winked back.
-
-“One trick,” murmured Toby pleasantly, “calls for another.”
-
-All the protests failed to aid the Spaniards and Mr. Trainor patiently
-explained that as time had not been asked for or called, the ball was
-still in play. “Your pitcher,” he said, “threw the ball out of the
-field and the runners scored, as they had a perfect right to do.”
-
-“But Tucker called for the ball!” exclaimed Frank. “It was a trick! He
-hadn’t any right――――”
-
-“There’s nothing in the rules forbidding that,” answered the umpire
-gently. “You didn’t have to throw it to him, you know.”
-
-“You call that fair playing?” demanded Phillips bitterly.
-
-“According to the rules of the game it’s fair,” was the response. “I
-can’t go back of the rules.”
-
-“It’s a low-down, measley trick!” declared Frank hotly. “Those runners
-ought to be sent back, Mr. Trainor.”
-
-“It was a trick, of course,” was the reply. “But so is hiding the ball,
-don’t you think? One isn’t any worse than the other and the rules don’t
-prohibit either, Lamson. Play ball, please.”
-
-But it was several minutes later before the Spaniards accepted the
-inevitable with bad grace and went back to their positions. As for
-Arnold, though, it is only fair to say that he made little protest,
-for he was possessed both of a sense of humor and a sense of justice.
-Phillips, however, scowled darkly at Toby and Tony as he returned to
-his base.
-
-“Cheating,” he said grumpily, “is the only way you fellows could win.”
-
-“Keep your eyes open,” replied Toby sweetly.
-
-Then the game went on. But the Spaniards had lost their grip, and
-Frank Lamson, too angry to care much what happened, passed Gus Whelan
-and allowed Manuel Sousa to land against a straight ball and send it
-speeding over shortstop’s head. Tony trotted home unhurriedly and Gus
-took second. Chuck Morgan brought the inning to an end by fouling out
-to the catcher.
-
-After that, with the score 9 to 6, the Towners had only to hold their
-opponents for the last of the ninth, and, although Tim Chrystal
-threatened to make trouble for himself by passing the first man up, he
-soon settled down again, and by the time the runner had stolen second
-and reached third on a put-out at first there were two down, and Frank
-Lamson ended the contest by ignominiously striking out.
-
-The Spaniards’ cheer for the victors was noticeably faint.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-TOBY IS DOWNHEARTED
-
-
-The next morning the Johnstown ferry began operations, at least
-theoretically. As a matter of fact, no one had appeared by nine
-o’clock, and, after pondering the matter, the boys decided to omit
-the first trip, arguing that if there were no passengers at this end
-there’d be none at the other, or, if there were, it wouldn’t hurt them
-to wait until 11.30! Toby was disappointed and showed it. He hadn’t
-expected that the capacity of the _Urnove_ would be taxed on its maiden
-voyage as a ferryboat, but he had looked forward to having at least one
-passenger. Sitting idly there in the hot sun on the hard seats of the
-little gray launch made one feel decidedly flat! Arnold, though, was
-not in the least downcast. He had more perfectly plausible reasons for
-the lack of patronage than Toby, in an unnaturally pessimistic frame of
-mind, could counter. “You wait until eleven,” said Arnold cheerfully.
-“Bet you we’ll have three or four then!”
-
-When it was evident that there was to be no excuse for making the
-nine o’clock trip they went up the gangplank and found seats in the
-shade of a shed at the end of the wharf, and presently Toby forgot
-his disappointment. They talked of yesterday’s ball game and Arnold,
-who had gone off the field a little bit peeved, today laughed at his
-grouch. “You surely turned the trick on us, Toby! Frank was as mad
-as――as――――”
-
-“As mustard,” interjected Toby helpfully.
-
-Arnold accepted the simile doubtfully. “Well, he was some peeved,
-anyhow. He says you didn’t play fair, but I told him――――”
-
-“I didn’t,” responded Toby.
-
-“Well, no more did we.”
-
-“That wasn’t any reason for my pulling that raw trick, though. The
-trouble was that I got mad at being caught off third like that, and
-wanted to get square.”
-
-“Well, I don’t blame you. That hide-the-ball business was got up by
-Frank and Phillips. I didn’t know anything about it until they pulled
-it. I don’t like that sort of piffle. Toby, I say if you’re going to
-play ball, why, play ball!”
-
-“Yes, we both――both teams, I mean――played baby. I wished afterward I
-hadn’t done it. Even when you win like that you don’t really feel right
-about it. Anyway, I don’t.”
-
-“Shucks, what’s the odds! I’ll own I was sort of sore yesterday, but
-now I’m glad you did it. It was only what we deserved. Besides, it’s
-made Frank so grouchy he can’t see straight. He’s going to keep the
-team going and try to get you fellows to play again. He called me a
-quitter and got quite nasty about it.”
-
-“If he keeps at it long enough,” observed Toby dryly, “he’s bound to
-beat us. What time is it?”
-
-“Twenty-five to ten,” answered Arnold. “We don’t have to sit here, so
-let’s go over and see how the boat’s getting on. Say, I wish we could
-think of a name for her.”
-
-“All names I like you don’t,” said Toby as they ascended the lane to
-Harbor Street. “Why don’t you do the way we did with the _Turnover_?
-Knock off the first and last letters, I mean.”
-
-Arnold stared blankly. “Knock off―――― But we haven’t got any letters
-yet, you idiot!”
-
-“That’s so,” replied Toby demurely. “Let’s go to the postoffice.”
-
-Arnold swung about obediently before he thought to ask, “What for?”
-
-“To get some letters,” said Toby.
-
-Arnold tried to reach him with the toe of one water-stained white
-buckskin shoe, but was foiled by Toby’s agility, and they went on
-again. “There was a yawl I knew once called _Saucy Sal_,” observed
-Arnold presently.
-
-“How well did you know her?” asked Toby.
-
-“You’re too bright for anything today!” said the other, in a grieved
-tone. “If you’re so smart why don’t you think of a name for me?”
-
-“I didn’t know you wanted one. I can think of several,” said Toby
-significantly, “but you mightn’t like them.”
-
-“I mean for the boat, you chump! It’ll be ready to launch before we
-know it, and you just can’t launch a boat without a name!”
-
-“All right, Arn, I’ll put my giant intellect at work tonight. I always
-think better after I’m in bed, don’t you?”
-
-“No, I don’t. When I get to bed I go to sleep.”
-
-“So do I after a while, but I always think things over first.”
-
-“Now don’t forget that we ought to be back at the landing at a quarter
-to eleven. The trouble with you is that when you get in there looking
-at that knockabout you forget everything.”
-
-“There’s one thing I don’t forget,” chuckled Arnold, “and that’s
-dinner!”
-
-They were back on the float at a little past the half-hour and Toby
-seized a rag and performed a lot of quite unnecessary polishing during
-the ensuing wait. Perhaps it relieved his nervousness. At a quarter
-to eleven Chuck Morgan and Snub Mooney descended the gangplank. Chuck
-had thirty-five cents and Snub twenty-two, and they tried to engineer
-a deal whereby they were to be taken across to Johnstown and back for
-fifty-seven cents in cash and a promise of eighteen cents more at some
-future date. Snub said he thought Toby ought to make a special rate to
-his friends.
-
-“I will,” said Toby. “I’ll take one of you over and back for
-fifty-seven or I’ll take you both one way for it. Which do you choose?”
-
-“Oh, go on, Toby! Have a heart! Honest, we’ll pay you the other
-eighteen, won’t we, Chuck? I’ll give it to you tomorrow, or maybe next
-day.”
-
-“This is business, Snub,” answered Toby emphatically. “If you fellows
-want to make the trip over and back I’ll take you this once for
-nothing. But the next time you’ll have to pay full fare, friends or no
-friends.”
-
-“All right,” agreed Snub cheerfully. “I guess we won’t ever want to go
-again! Anybody else coming?”
-
-Toby looked at the town clock and shook his head, trying not to appear
-disappointed. “I guess not this trip,” he replied.
-
-“Better wait five minutes more,” said Arnold, “in case some one’s late,
-you know.”
-
-But Toby shook his head resolutely. “They’ve got to be on time if
-they’re coming with me. This ferry sails right on the hour. Cast off
-that line, Arn, will you?”
-
-And so, after all, the _Urnove_ made its first trip, if not without
-passengers, at least without profit. But when she was out of the
-harbor, with the waves slapping at her bow and the fresh breeze
-ruffling damp hair, both boys forgot to be downcast and they had a very
-merry sail across the smiling blue water. They tied up at the little
-spindly pier at Johnstown promptly at eleven-twenty and waited. Now and
-then, ostensibly to get the cooler breeze above, Toby climbed to the
-pier. The approach to it was in sight for a couple of hundred yards and
-always, before returning to the float, Toby’s gaze wandered anxiously
-and longingly up the road. But eleven-thirty came without a passenger
-and the _Urnove_ cast off again and began her homeward voyage. By that
-time Toby was frankly despondent, and he had little to say on the way
-back. It was becoming painfully evident that the Johnstown ferry was
-not to be a financial success!
-
-But when he got home for dinner――Arnold had resisted the temptation
-to accept Toby’s invitation and had chugged back to the Head in the
-_Frolic_――the gloom was slightly illumined by a letter which Phebe put
-in his hand. Toby had almost forgotten Mr. Whitney, but the letter
-corrected that, for it announced that the contractor would be at the
-landing the next morning at eight to be carried over to Johnstown.
-Toby’s face brightened. Mr. Whitney would pay three dollars! Then he
-recalled the fact that he had decided that Mr. Whitney was to pay
-the same as others, and his countenance fell again. Still, if the
-contractor arrived at eight it would mean a special trip, and a special
-trip was a different matter! He determined to lay the question before
-Arnold after dinner, being, of course, quite certain of Arnold’s
-decision! But that letter cheered him up and he had no difficulty in
-eating a very satisfactory meal, and felt a whole lot better after it.
-
-Phebe made the trip across with them at two, and again at four, and if
-it hadn’t been that Toby was horribly disappointed over the absence
-of patronage they’d have had a pretty good time. Even as it was they
-enjoyed it. Between trips they sat, the three of them, in a shady and
-breezy corner of the boat yard, from where, by craning their necks a
-bit, they could see the town landing, and tried to decide on a name
-for the knockabout. They canvassed every name they had ever heard of or
-could think of, but none seemed to please Arnold. Toby at last told him
-he was too hard to suit.
-
-“There aren’t any more names, I guess,” he said. “Not unless you get
-a city directory and go through it. I think _Slap-Dash_ is the best.
-Don’t you, Phebe?”
-
-“I like _Foam_ better. It’s prettier.”
-
-“Girls,” said Toby sententiously, “always want something pretty. Gee,
-I’ll bet there are eighty-eleven million boats called _Foam_!”
-
-“That doesn’t matter, does it?” asked Phebe. “I suppose there are lots
-of boats called _Slap-Dash_, too.”
-
-“Not near so many. Besides――――”
-
-“I don’t like either of those names much,” said Arnold apologetically.
-There was a discouraged silence then until Phebe observed:
-
-“I don’t see why you don’t call it the _Arnold_. _Arnold’s_ a pretty
-name――――”
-
-“Wow!” jeered Toby. “There’s one for you, Arn. A pretty name for a
-pretty boy, eh?”
-
-Arnold threw a chip at him. “A fellow wouldn’t want to name a boat
-after himself,” he demurred.
-
-“There was a man around here a couple of years ago,” said Toby, “who
-had a sloop he called the _A. L._ We used to say it stood for always
-last, but it was really just his initials. You might call yours the _A.
-D._”
-
-Arnold considered. “_A. D._,” he murmured. “Say, that isn’t so bad, is
-it? It――it’s sort of short and――and neat, eh?”
-
-“Yes, and you could call it _Anno Domini_ for long,” laughed Toby.
-
-Arnold’s face clouded. “Yes, I suppose fellows would get up all sorts
-of silly meanings for it. If it wasn’t for that――――”
-
-Phebe clapped her hands. “I’ve got it!” she cried. “Call it the
-_Aydee_!”
-
-“That’s what we said,” began Toby.
-
-“No, not the letters, Toby,” explained Phebe. “‘A-y-d-e-e,’ _Aydee_! I
-think that would be lovely!”
-
-“That’s not so worse,” commented Arnold, reaching for a chip and his
-pencil. “Let’s see what it would look like.” He printed it in capital
-letters, viewed it, and passed it around. “I think it’s clever, Toby.
-Folks wouldn’t know it stood for anything, would they? It sounds
-like――like a name out of the ‘Arabian Nights,’ or――or something.”
-
-“_Aydee_ it is, then,” declared Toby. “Funny, but I was just going to
-suggest that myself!”
-
-“Yes, you were!” Arnold jeered. “Like fun! That’s Phebe’s name, and
-Phebe will have to christen her! We’ll have a regular christening
-ceremony, folks, and break a bottle of――of――――”
-
-“Root beer,” suggested Toby.
-
-“Well, something over her bow as she glides――glides――――”
-
-“And I’ll recite ‘The Launching of the Ship,’” said Toby, “and you’ll
-wave a couple of flags and――――”
-
-“And Mr. Murphy will scream ‘All hands!’” laughed Phebe. “It will be a
-perfectly wonderful affair, Arnold!”
-
-“Well, it will. You wait and see.” Arnold jumped up. “Come on and we’ll
-go and tell Long Tim what her name is. Would you have it painted on in
-gold, Toby, or would you put brass letters on?”
-
-“Brass letters. Gold-leaf comes off too easily. You two go ahead. I’m
-going back to the landing. It’s almost four.”
-
-After the _Urnove_ had returned from her last trip and was tied to
-the boat-yard pier again, and Arnold had slipped out of sight in the
-_Frolic_, Toby and Phebe walked across the yard and the road and
-perched themselves on the stone steps of the cottage. “I guess,” said
-Toby after a little silence, “it isn’t going to go.”
-
-“I’m awfully sorry,” murmured Phebe. “But you won’t give up after just
-one day, will you?”
-
-“N-no, I guess I’ll finish out the week. There’s just tomorrow and
-Saturday. If something doesn’t happen by then I’ll call it off. It’s
-funny, too, sis, for I’ll just bet you anything lots of folks went over
-to Johnstown today by road. Why couldn’t they let me take ’em over? It
-wouldn’t have cost any more. Not so much!”
-
-“Maybe they don’t know about it yet,” said Phebe encouragingly. “It
-takes time to――to get things started, you know.”
-
-“Some one ought to know about it by this time,” replied the boy
-disconsolately. “If we’d only had one passenger it wouldn’t have been
-so bad, but not to have had any――――”
-
-“Toby, I’m just as sure as anything that you’ll do better tomorrow!”
-
-“Well, I couldn’t do much worse,” Toby answered ruefully. “Let’s go
-in.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-PHEBE CHRISTENS THE KNOCKABOUT
-
-
-Mr. Whitney was prompt the next morning, and the trip across was made
-in record time, the little _Urnove_ doing a good twelve miles an
-hour. On the way Toby told about the ferry line, and Mr. Whitney was
-interested and sympathetic. “Better give it a fair trial before you
-decide that you’re beaten,” he advised. “Holding on is a wonderful
-thing, my boy. I know, for I’ve tried it. If I’d given up every time
-I seemed to have been beaten I’d be――well, I guess I’d be back at
-the bench where I started. Lots of times I wanted to let go, but
-didn’t, and won through just holding on. Remember the story of the two
-flies――or was it frogs?――that fell in the pan of milk? One gave up and
-drowned――couldn’t have been a frog, I guess!――and the other kept on
-swimming and churned the milk into butter and climbed out! You’d better
-keep on swimming a bit longer, T. Tucker!”
-
-Mr. Whitney refused to compromise on the price of the fare. Toby,
-conferring with Arnold, had decided that a dollar would be about right
-for passage one way and a dollar and a half for the round trip. But the
-passenger insisted on sticking to the agreement. “If I go over with
-you on a regularly scheduled sailing,” he said, smiling, “I’ll pay the
-regular ferry price, but if it’s a special trip you’ll have to take a
-dollar and a half each way. Sorry to have to refuse you, son!”
-
-Toby grinned. “It doesn’t seem quite fair, though. When will you be
-coming back, sir?”
-
-“Let me see, now. When’s the last regular sailing?”
-
-“Four-thirty, sir, from this side.”
-
-“Too early. How about five-fifteen or five-thirty? Can you come over
-for me then?”
-
-“Oh, yes, sir. Only, of course, if you could get the four-thirty it
-would be cheaper.”
-
-“T. Tucker, I can do enough work in that hour to make up the
-difference!” Mr. Whitney’s eyes twinkled. “There are two kinds of
-economy, my boy, good and bad. When you lose twenty dollars to save one
-it’s bad. Five-thirty, then!”
-
-Arnold was waiting at the town landing when the _Urnove_ nosed up to it
-again, a good twenty minutes before nine. He was all excitement. “Say,
-Toby, what do you think? There was a man down here a bit ago asking
-about the ferry! He――he wanted to know what boat ran over there and I
-showed him the _Frolic_. He said he’d be back.”
-
-Toby laughed. “That means we’ll have to run the _Frolic_ then. He might
-not go if we asked him into this tub! Are you――do you think he will
-come back?”
-
-“Yes, he said he was just going up to the store and would be back
-before nine. I tried to get him to stay, but he edged off.”
-
-“Well, then we’ll tie this old lady up and use the _Frolic_. Got plenty
-of gas?”
-
-“Full up! Gee, Toby, I hope he comes back!”
-
-“So do I,” agreed Toby.
-
-And he did! He came shuffling down the gangplank at five minutes to
-nine, carrying so many bundles that Toby wondered whether he ought to
-charge him freight! No one else appeared and the _Frolic_ cast off and
-headed for Johnstown. The passenger seemed greatly delighted with the
-_Frolic_ and the method of transportation, and vowed he was going to
-tell his neighbors about them. “I generally come over here a couple
-of times a month,” he explained. “I traded a horse last winter to Job
-Trasker, the feller that has the store up near the church, and I’m
-takin’ it out in groceries and things. I’m right pleased to get over
-and back this way, boys, because it used to take me most half the day
-to make the trip by train. I ain’t got any horse now, so I can’t drive
-over. Why, I had to get up close to five o’clock this mornin’ to get
-the early train and be back by ten!”
-
-“The next time,” said Toby, “you could take the nine-thirty ferry from
-Johnstown and get the eleven o’clock back, I guess. You’d have more
-than an hour in Greenhaven.”
-
-“That’s what I’ll do. I ain’t so fond of pilin’ out o’ bed at five
-o’clock as I used to be. I’m getting on now.”
-
-Perhaps he was, but he didn’t look it, for he was straight and tall and
-wiry, and, save for the wrinkles on his leathery face and the grizzled
-hair above, he might have been mistaken for a man of not over fifty.
-But he owned proudly to seventy-one! “Sensible livin’ did it,” he
-declared. “Plenty o’ work in the fresh air, good victuals and not too
-much of ’em, and bed every night at nine o’clock.”
-
-Arnold said he didn’t think he’d like the last feature, which set Mr.
-Griscom――Artemus Griscom was his whole name, he told them――off on a
-homily regarding the benefits of “early to bed and early to rise”
-that brought them to the landing. Toby bade Mr. Griscom good-by with
-sentiments of gratitude, and the old gentleman went off assuring them
-that he had had “a right nice ride in your boat.”
-
-No one appeared to go back on the _Frolic_, although they watched
-the road anxiously until the last moment. But Mr. Griscom had, as it
-proved, broken the ice, for two passengers were on hand for the eleven
-o’clock trip, a lady and a little girl of about eight. Toby was so
-pleased that he readily acceded to the lady’s request that the little
-girl be charged only half-price! “That’s what I pay on the railroad
-for her,” she explained, “and on the trolley I don’t pay anything,
-but I guess you wouldn’t want to carry her for nothing,” she added
-apologetically. Toby acknowledged that he wouldn’t and declared himself
-satisfied with half-fare. The lady was rather nervous during the trip,
-but the child had a fine time and would undoubtedly have been over the
-side into the water if Arnold hadn’t detailed himself to restrain her
-antics!
-
-There were no more passengers that day, but Toby was encouraged. “We
-took in a dollar and a quarter,” he said, “and if we did that every day
-it would be――it would be seven dollars and a half a week! And then
-there’s the three dollars from Mr. Whitney!”
-
-“It’s too bad he doesn’t have to go across every day,” said Phebe, who
-had joined the boys on the wharf in time for the final trip. “I should
-think he’d need to.”
-
-“You might suggest it to him,” laughed Toby as he prepared to return
-to Johnstown to keep his five-thirty appointment. “You get in and come
-over with me, and you can tell him about it on the way back.”
-
-But Phebe shook her head, and she and Arnold got into the _Frolic_, and
-the two launches raced out of the harbor and half-way across the bay.
-But Toby’s little boat was no match for the _Frolic_, and after a while
-the white launch came around, Phebe and Arnold waving their hands as
-they passed the _Urnove_ on their way back. Mr. Whitney was waiting at
-the landing, and as he seated himself in the boat he took his hat off
-and laid it beside him. “It’s been a hot day, T. Tucker,” he said with
-a sigh. “Take all the time you want going back. This breeze is fine!”
-
-So Toby not only let the engine idle but stood straight across to the
-Head and then turned back along the shore, lengthening the trip, to Mr.
-Whitney’s pleasure and his own satisfaction, for he felt that he was
-coming nearer to earning that three dollars! “I ought to pay more this
-time,” said the passenger, as he disembarked at the town float. “You
-didn’t bargain to take me on a pleasure cruise!”
-
-But Toby smiled and said that part was a present, and Mr. Whitney went
-off to find a carriage to take him over to the railroad after arranging
-for another trip to Johnstown on Monday morning. Toby chugged across
-the cove and tied up at the home dock and then hurried to supper,
-jingling the coins in his pocket in time to the tune he was whistling.
-Four dollars and a quarter! Toby had visions of opulence! And, better
-still, he had visions of Yardley Hall School!
-
-The next day he realized that he should have added the words “Weather
-permitting” to his notice, for there was a south-east gale blowing and,
-although Toby would willingly have made the trip if necessary, he knew
-that no one would think of trusting themselves to the launch today. He
-begrudged the possible loss of income, but was well enough satisfied
-to stay on land. It rained at times, but never enough to flatten out
-the waves that piled themselves up outside the harbor. Arnold came over
-on foot after dinner, clothed in oilskins, and they spent the rest of
-the day watching Long Tim put the first coat of paint on the _Aydee_,
-now almost ready to take the water, and in putting away most of a pan
-of fudge which Phebe made. They also tried to add to Mr. Murphy’s
-education, but with no success. The parrot was in a most unreceptive
-mood today and only eyed them morosely from his perch. Arnold’s
-attempts to make him say “Toby is a chump” met with no response except
-sober winks.
-
-The gale held most of Sunday, but Monday was fair again, the wind
-having shifted around to the west over night. Mr. Whitney went over
-to Johnstown at eight and returned again at two-thirty. Toby brought
-his first passenger from the other side on that trip, a wizened little
-man who explained that Art Griscom had told him about the ferry.
-Apparently, like the stranger at the funeral, he “only just went for
-the ride,” for after getting to Greenhaven he remained safely in the
-launch and went back in it at four, paying his seventy-five cents quite
-enthusiastically and promising to come again soon and bring his wife
-with him.
-
-But no one else took advantage of the ferry that day, and Toby began
-to have doubts again. On Tuesday, however, business looked up with a
-vengeance, for Arnold had been talking of the ferry to his friends
-at the Head, and at nine o’clock the _Frolic_ set sail with eight
-passengers, most of them members of the ball team. Frank Lamson was
-with them, and Frank, just at first, was inclined to be stand-offish
-with Toby. But by the time that last game had been talked over and
-threshed out, and George Dodson and Tracey Gay and Arnold had declared
-that Toby’s trick had been no more than they deserved, and others had
-agreed, amity was restored, and Frank thawed out. The crowd explored
-Johnstown and returned again at eleven-thirty and Toby pocketed the
-munificent sum of six dollars!
-
-That, as it proved, was the turning point. From that time on the
-success of the ferry line was never in doubt. You couldn’t have
-called its success phenomenal, for there were plenty of days when
-two passengers were all that patronized the launch, and when, as
-infrequently happened, a storm kicked up the waters of the bay there
-weren’t any! But at the end of a fortnight of operation Toby discovered
-that he had actually averaged the four passengers a day that, when
-planning the project, had seemed quite fabulous. Now, though, he was
-far less satisfied with that scanty number and set his heart on seeing
-it doubled. He never did, but there was a gradual increase of patronage
-as the summer advanced and folks learned that they could visit the
-neighboring town quickly, comfortably and safely. There is no denying
-that many a passenger viewed Toby doubtfully on the first trip, but
-never afterward, for the boy, in spite of his youthfulness, could
-manage a motorboat as well as any man in Greenhaven. Arnold usually
-made the trips with his chum, but now and then, as the novelty wore
-off, he “turned up missing.” The _Frolic_ was used only infrequently
-for the reason that Toby held himself to strict account for gasoline
-and oil and it was something of a bother measuring out pints and ounces
-to replace what had been used.
-
-Meanwhile the ball games between Towners and Spaniards went on and
-the boys from the Head at last achieved a victory, defeating the team
-captained by Billy Conners by the, to them, satisfactory score of 12
-to 4. After that, in the four contests that occurred, the two teams
-split even. But it was an ironical circumstance that the particular
-one of those later contests in which Arnold took part, playing his old
-position at second base, was the one in which the Spaniards were most
-conclusively worsted! After it was over Arnold confided to Toby that he
-guessed he would stick to being a ferryman!
-
-However, he didn’t, because at about that time the _Aydee_ was
-launched with much pomp and ceremony and Arnold bought himself a very
-nautical outfit of white duck and whistled “A Life on the Ocean Wave,”
-much out of tune but with a fine persistence!
-
-The launching took place bright and early one Friday morning. Long Tim
-declared that “a boat launched on a Friday would never have no luck,”
-but Arnold was too impatient to wait another day. Phebe, standing on a
-board――it lacked an hour of high tide and the mud at the foot of the
-little railway was particularly soft and black and clinging――broke a
-bottle of spring water against the bow and declaimed “I christen thee
-_Aydee_!” Whereupon Mr. Tucker eased on the tackle, the knockabout slid
-down the ways, and, amidst the cheers of Toby and Arnold and Long Tim
-and Shorty, floated out on the cove. The reason that Phebe didn’t join
-her voice with the others in exultant acclaim was that the _Aydee_, on
-its way to the water, had impolitely pushed against her and for the
-ensuing minute she was very busy waving the neck of a broken bottle,
-adorned with a light blue hair ribbon, in an effort to maintain her
-balance on the plank.
-
-The rest of that day and all of the next was devoted to stepping the
-mast and adjusting the rigging. And then Long Tim got busy with his
-paint-pots again, and so it was Monday before the proud skipper could
-slip his mooring and put to sea on the trial trip.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-LOST IN THE FOG
-
-
-The _Aydee_ conformed to the limitations of the nearby yacht clubs and
-was along the lines of many similar boats that Mr. Tucker had built.
-She was twenty-one feet load water-line by seven feet and three inches
-beam, with a free board of twenty-two inches. She was half-decked,
-had no bowsprit, and carried some five hundred square feet of canvas
-in her mainsail and working jib. She was painted white, with a single
-gold line, and bore her name on the stern in brass letters. When, that
-Monday morning, Arnold and Toby hoisted the creamy-white mainsail and
-jib and the knockabout, catching the little puffs of air that wandered
-down over the village hill, moved slowly out of the cove, she presented
-a sight to gladden the heart of even the veriest landlubber.
-
-Arnold had his first lesson in seamanship that morning. Toby started
-him at the bottom and made him learn every part of the yacht by
-name――hull, sails, spars, and rigging――and not until Arnold could tell
-him instantly which was the peak and which was the clew, and so on,
-would he advance his pupil. Then Arnold committed to memory the names
-and purposes of halyards and stays and tackles and sheet, or tried to,
-very impatient all the time to graduate from such kindergarten lore
-to the more advanced courses of beating and reaching and tacking. But
-Toby was a stern master and that morning all the _Aydee_ did in the
-hour that they were out in her was to float slowly out of the harbor,
-bob around for a time outside, and then demurely return to moorings
-at the boat yard. Arnold stayed aboard while Toby made the first trip
-over to Johnstown with an Armenian peddler as passenger and, sprawled
-across the stern, rubbed the brass letters to a condition of painful
-brilliancy.
-
-The lessons continued that day between ferry trips and for many days
-after, until Arnold could be trusted to sail the _Aydee_ in and out
-of the harbor without bumping anchored craft or running ashore at the
-point. I’m not going to tell you that Arnold was an apt pupil, for he
-wasn’t. Sailing a boat isn’t the most difficult science in the world,
-but it is a science, and one that Arnold found it hard to master.
-There were several narrow escapes during that first week, one from
-capsizing out beyond the Head when a sudden flurry of wind, a squall
-in miniature, found Arnold, to use his own phrase, “asleep at the
-switch”! And it was always an interesting moment when Arnold picked
-up his moorings. Sometimes he did it the first try, but more often he
-spent five or ten minutes jockeying around, with a hard-hearted and
-critical Toby sitting idly by with the boat-hook. Once the _Aydee_ ran
-plumb on top of the town float, and Arnold, gazing disgustedly about
-and wiping the perspiration from his streaming face, gave it as his
-opinion that the knockabout was trying to get up to the drug store for
-a glass of soda! Save that a little lead was scraped from her stem, the
-_Aydee_ was not damaged. Phebe frequently accompanied them on their
-short voyages, which so far never extended beyond the inner bay, but
-she refused, politely enough but very firmly, to set foot on the boat
-when Toby was absent. The _Frolic_ was only used to take Arnold back
-and forth from the Head, except when Toby infrequently took her to
-Johnstown in place of the _Urnove_. That was only when the passengers
-were numerous, and happened far too seldom!
-
-It was on a Sunday afternoon, some three weeks after the _Aydee_ went
-into commission, by which time she boasted a silk yacht ensign and an
-owner’s pennant and flew them gaudily irrespective of all rules and
-regulations, that the knockabout met with her first adventure. Perhaps,
-though, misadventure would be better. Arnold, Toby and Phebe embarked
-about half-past four for a sail down the bay before supper. The breeze
-was fair but fluky and Toby counseled the skipper to stay near port
-in case they were becalmed. But Arnold was too fond of sailing the
-boat to be satisfied with tacking about the harbor mouth, and so set
-off on a long reach toward the north shore of the bay. It was a fine
-afternoon with the glare of the sun intensified by haze. The _Aydee_
-slipped along nicely under mainsail and jib and the three occupants
-of the shallow cockpit made themselves comfortable. There were a good
-many boats out and Arnold, at the tiller, had just enough to do to keep
-him busy. The breeze lessened when they were off Franklinville and, at
-Toby’s suggestion, they came about and stood away toward the end of
-Robins Island. Five minutes later the breeze died down completely and
-the sails hung limp.
-
-“It’ll be wooden sails for us, I guess,” said Toby, “if we want to get
-in before midnight. The tide’s coming and that’ll help some, but if the
-breeze doesn’t freshen again pretty quick you and I’d better get the
-oars out, Arn.”
-
-Arnold viewed the flat sea anxiously. “What did it do that for?” he
-asked. “Just when we were going along so nicely. You don’t mean that
-we’ll have to row all the way back, Toby?”
-
-“Looks like it, doesn’t it? It’s only about seven miles.”
-
-“Seven mi――say, are you fooling?”
-
-“Not a bit. You needn’t look at me as if it was my fault, Arn. I didn’t
-swipe the breeze, you know.”
-
-“Of course you didn’t, but say, seven miles――we couldn’t do it!”
-
-“Oh, yes, we could if we took it easy. We’ll have the tide with us.
-Maybe we can find a tow. If a motorboat comes around we’ll try to get
-them to pull us a bit. Of course, the breeze may come back. It often
-does about sunset. But with this haze, I don’t think――――” Toby paused
-and stared across the water toward the south shore. “That’s nice,” he
-muttered softly.
-
-“What is it?” asked Phebe.
-
-Toby pointed. “Fog,” he said.
-
-The south shore of the bay was fading from sight as a fog bank crept
-in from the ocean. Even as they looked the last glimpse of land
-disappeared and, although westward the sun was shining warmly through
-the haze in the southeast, the world was cut off from vision by a gray
-pall.
-
-“Get those oars out,” said Toby briskly. “We’d better start along home,
-I guess. We were idiots to come so far, anyway.”
-
-“A little fog won’t hurt us,” said Arnold cheerfully, as he pulled the
-two long sweeps from under the seat. “Besides, there’s a breeze, isn’t
-there?”
-
-Toby glanced at the mainsail and nodded. “A little one, but it won’t
-amount to much. Put your boom over, Arn, and we’ll try to get what
-there is of it. You take that side and I’ll take this. Slow and easy,
-now. Don’t try to do it all at first or you’ll get tired for fair.”
-
-“I’ll take a turn, too,” Phebe volunteered.
-
-“Well, I guess not!” said Arnold indignantly. “If Toby and I can’t get
-this boat in we’ll stay out all night!”
-
-“Yes, but I don’t want to stay out all night,” laughed Phebe. “And you
-needn’t think I can’t row. I’ve done it plenty of times. Once Toby and
-I had to row all the way home from Riverport Neck, and the boat was
-lots heavier than this one, too.”
-
-“Yes, Phebe can swing an oar all right,” agreed Toby. “Wonder what’s
-become of all the launches that were in sight half an hour ago.
-They’ve all cleaned out for home, I guess. Well, they wouldn’t want to
-tow us much anyway. There comes the fog. We’ll be in it in a minute. I
-hate fog. It makes you feel so damp and soggy. How’s it coming, Arn?”
-
-“Oh, fine,” grunted the other, pushing heroically at his oar. “How far
-do you suppose we’ve gone?”
-
-Toby laughed. “About two hundred yards, I guess,” he answered. “We
-haven’t begun yet.”
-
-“Is that all? Look here, that breeze is pushing us a little. So why not
-wait until the breeze stops before rowing? Maybe we won’t have to row
-at all!”
-
-“That breeze,” answered Toby, “isn’t strong enough to move us a mile an
-hour, Arn. Keep her the way she heads, Phebe.”
-
-Then the fog rolled over them and the last glimpse of the land was lost
-to view. For a few minutes the sunlight crept through the bank of haze,
-tinging it amber. Then the amber turned to gray as the fog thickened.
-From here and there, at intervals, fog-horns sounded and, at Toby’s
-suggestion, Phebe got the _Aydee’s_ horn out and, turning the handle
-now and then, evoked a most excruciatingly horrible wail.
-
-“There isn’t much danger of being run into,” said Toby, “for the
-launches have all hiked for port, but the law says you’ve got to sound
-your horn. Say, Arn, did you ever get that compass you sent for?”
-
-“No, and we ought to have it, too, eh?”
-
-“Well, it might help, but I guess we won’t need it. Those folks in New
-York take their time, don’t they? You’d better have bought one here.
-That breeze is a goner, folks.”
-
-It was. The sails hung motionless. The deck and the oars were damp
-and slippery now and their clothing was beaded with moisture. Arnold
-was breathing heavily as he labored at his sweep. The trying feature
-of it was that, with nothing to measure progress by, they seemed not
-to be moving at all! The boys became silent at their task. Now and
-then Phebe, between lugubrious winds of the patent fog-horn, offered
-a comment, but she seldom got a reply. A quarter of an hour passed,
-during which time the fog grew thicker, heavier and more depressing,
-and then there was a sudden exclamation of dismay from Arnold, his feet
-pattered on the wet planks and they saw him throw himself across the
-gunwale and clutch desperately for his disappearing oar!
-
-Toby tossed his own oar down and, seizing the boat-hook, jumped to
-Arnold’s assistance. But already the escaped oar had floated away
-into the surrounding grayness. Toby silently returned the boat-hook to
-its place. Then, catching sight of Arnold’s despairing countenance, he
-broke into a laugh. “Never mind, Arn,” he said comfortingly, “we’ve
-still got one left, and there’s the boat-hook, too. How did you happen
-to lose it?”
-
-“It was wet and slippery and――and I guess I was tired,” replied Arnold
-contritely. “The first thing I knew it was sliding over the side. Gee,
-but I’m a chump!”
-
-“Oh, shucks, that’s nothing. Cheer up!”
-
-“Couldn’t you scull over the stern, Toby?” asked his sister. “I believe
-we’d go just as fast.”
-
-“I’ll try it,” answered Toby. “Find a length of rope, Arnold, and I’ll
-make a lashing. I’ve got to rest a bit first, though.” He sank to the
-wet seat with a tired sigh. “Running a launch is too easy, sis. It
-makes you soft.”
-
-“There’s a puff of wind,” said Phebe hopefully. “Perhaps the breeze is
-coming up again.”
-
-“I wish it would,” said Arnold. “What is it you do when you want a
-breeze? Whistle, isn’t it?”
-
-“Sure,” laughed Toby. “Try it!”
-
-“I don’t know what to whistle, though.”
-
-“Oh, anything light and breezy,” was the facetious retort. “You might
-whistle, ‘Where, oh where, is my little oar gone?’ Say, Arn, I’ve just
-thought!”
-
-“What?”
-
-“Why, how you happened to lose it. You were tired and thought that if
-you could get rid of it you wouldn’t have to row any more! Didn’t it
-look to you, sis, as if he sort of pushed it overboard?”
-
-But Arnold was too sore to joke about it yet. The breeze puffed
-half-heartedly at the sails now and then and swirled the gray
-fog-wraiths about them, but Toby had little faith in it and soon rigged
-a lashing for his oar across the stern and tried sculling. It was a
-difficult and awkward task, for the deck was slippery to even rubber
-soles, and there wasn’t room to work in. Every time Toby pushed the
-handle of the oar Phebe, at the tiller, had to duck her head. Finally
-Toby was forced to give up.
-
-“I’m sorry,” he said, “but that’s too much like work, and it isn’t
-doing any good, anyhow. You take this, Arn, and I’ll try the boat-hook.”
-
-“If you do that you’ll swing the boat off her course,” warned Phebe.
-“We’ll just have to let the tide and what breeze there is look after
-us, Toby. I guess we’ll get in, finally.”
-
-“That’s about the size of it,” agreed Toby, sitting down again with
-a grimace at the dampness of the seat. “We’re at the mercy of the
-elements, folks.”
-
-“Well, I’m glad it isn’t a storm,” said Phebe philosophically. “A fog
-is horrid enough, but we’re not in any danger.”
-
-“We’re in danger of starving to death,” muttered Arnold dispiritedly.
-“I don’t see what I ever wanted a sailboat for, anyhow.”
-
-The others laughed. “Oh, you’ll be as much in love with her as ever
-tomorrow morning,” Phebe assured him. Then, after a moment’s silence,
-she asked wistfully: “What time is it, please?”
-
-“Ten minutes to six,” answered Arnold. “How’ll you have your steak,
-Toby? Rare or just medium?”
-
-“Medium, please. I’m glad it’s Sunday, folks. If it wasn’t we’d be
-hungrier than we are.”
-
-“That’s all well enough for you,” replied Arnold sadly. “You two had a
-fine big dinner at two o’clock, but we just have a skimpy little lunch
-at my house on Sundays, and dinner at seven. I’m――I’m starved!”
-
-“You might try to catch a fish,” said Phebe.
-
-“I don’t like them raw, thanks. What’s that row over there, Toby?”
-
-“Fog-horn over at Ponquogue, I guess. I can’t tell, though, for this
-boat’s turned around for all we know. That may be Robins Island in that
-direction.”
-
-“But the breeze is coming from the same direction,” protested Phebe,
-“and I haven’t moved the tiller a bit.”
-
-“Yes, but the breeze feels different to me. It was dry before and now
-it’s damp. I wouldn’t risk a nickel on the points of the compass at
-this moment.”
-
-“Then――then how do we know we’re sailing――I mean drifting toward home?”
-demanded Arnold anxiously.
-
-“We don’t know it. Only thing we know is that the tide is running
-toward the head of the bay and that we’re going with it. We may fetch
-up anywhere between Johnstown and the Head. Or we may fetch up on the
-outer shore of the Head. We’ll get somewhere, though, for the tide
-isn’t full until nearly ten o’clock tonight. Don’t forget that horn,
-Phebe. Here, give me a whack at it.”
-
-“I’m getting wet to the skin,” grumbled Arnold when Toby’s effort on
-the fog-horn had died away. “After this I’m going to be prepared, I can
-tell you that. I’m going to have a compass, and half a dozen extra
-oars, and three oilskins, and――――”
-
-“How about a gasoline engine with a cunning little propeller stuck out
-behind?” asked Toby.
-
-“Huh! I wish I had one!”
-
-“If you could wish for just one thing, Arnold, what would it be?” asked
-Phebe.
-
-Arnold considered for a long moment. Then he answered decisively and
-with feeling.
-
-“A steak and a baked potato!” said Arnold.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-THE LIGHTED WINDOW
-
-
-It was after eight o’clock, as dark as Egypt and a great deal damper
-on board the _Aydee_. Phebe’s teeth insisted on chattering whenever
-she spoke, in spite of her efforts. Arnold had draped the one spare
-sail the boat afforded, a storm jib, about her, but it didn’t seem to
-keep the dampness out very well. Arnold and Toby were chilled through.
-The lanterns were lighted, although they couldn’t have seen a boat’s
-length away. Arnold had long since stopped talking about food, or about
-anything else, for that matter. Conversation had died away more than
-an hour since, save for a hopeful prediction from Toby a minute or two
-ago to the effect that he thought he heard surf. The others, however,
-had failed to hear anything except the dismal tooting of the fog-horns,
-one somewhere within a few miles, as it seemed, and one far off in the
-distance. They were, in short, three very damp, chilly and depressed
-persons, and didn’t care who knew it.
-
-Arnold broke the silence that ensued after he had turned the handle of
-the horn for the fiftieth time. (He declared that it was just a waste
-of labor to bother with the old thing, but Toby insisted.) “If the tide
-is high at ten,” he said, “and we don’t hit land before that, what’ll
-happen then?”
-
-“We’re pretty likely to start back again,” said Toby listlessly. “If
-only the fog would lift――――”
-
-“I wouldn’t mind a bit if only I wasn’t so cold,” said Phebe, with an
-attempt at cheerfulness. They had abandoned the tiller long ago, and
-all three were huddled on the floor of the cockpit as close together as
-they could get. “Wouldn’t it be beautiful if we could have a fire?”
-
-“I’ve got plenty of matches,” said Arnold. “We might cut down the mast
-and burn it,” he added with an effort at humor. “Only I dare say it
-would be too damp. That’s another thing I’m going to have on board
-after this.”
-
-“What?” asked Toby.
-
-“Well, either steam heat or open fireplaces. If we only had a radiator
-back of us now――――”
-
-“Listen!” Toby sat up suddenly and put his head above the coaming. They
-listened as hard as they could. “Hear it?” Toby demanded intensely.
-“Waves on the shore!”
-
-“Right you are,” agreed Arnold joyfully. “But which way is it?”
-
-“Over there, I think.” Toby pointed in the darkness. “I’m not sure,
-though. Listen again.”
-
-It wasn’t a very loud sound that came to them, just a soft, lazy
-swi-i-ish such as the tiniest of waves might make against a pebbled
-beach. “It must be the head,” muttered Toby, scrambling to his feet.
-“Or else――――”
-
-But he didn’t continue just then. Instead he sat down more quickly than
-he had got up, and sat down in Arnold’s lap, too, a proceeding which
-elicited a howl of surprise and pain from that youth. The _Aydee_ had
-reached land!
-
-“Struck something!” cried Toby, finding his feet again and disappearing
-toward the bow. The others jumped up too and listened and stared all
-ways into the gloom of fog and darkness.
-
-“See anything?” called Arnold.
-
-“No, but there’s surf right ahead here. Bring the oar along and we’ll
-see how deep it is. I guess we’ve run smack up on a beach.”
-
-The knockabout jarred again, and Arnold clutched the boom as he
-groped about for the oar. Then the boat performed a number of little
-courtesies, the boom swung slowly to port and the _Aydee_ settled down
-for the night with her port rail just out of water!
-
-For the next ten minutes they were extremely busy. The oar showed some
-three feet of water at the bow and they decided with an enthusiastic
-unanimity that three feet of salt water would leave them no wetter than
-they already were. The anchor cable was made fast at the bow and Toby,
-dropping breast high into the water, bore the anchor ashore.
-
-“It isn’t a beach,” he announced presently. “Not exactly a beach,
-anyhow. There are some rocks here and――Ouch! That was one of them!”
-He laughed and the others on the yacht joined him. No one had laughed
-before for a good three hours!
-
-“Is it real, sure-enough dry land?” asked Arnold.
-
-“It’s real, all right, but it doesn’t feel awfully dry,” was the
-answer. “I’m coming back. The water’s as warm as anything!”
-
-“I’ll bet it’s a lot warmer than I am,” said Arnold. “Say, I’m going to
-hold my match-box in my mouth so it won’t get wet. Maybe we can have a
-fire and get dry. Where do you think we are, Toby?”
-
-“I’m sure I don’t know.” Toby’s voice was plainly puzzled as he waded
-back to the boat. “I don’t recognize the place at all. If there was a
-sand beach I’d think it was the Head, but I don’t remember these rocks.
-Where are you? Oh, all right! You come on in, Arn, and we’ll lug Phebe
-across. There’s no use in her getting soaked.”
-
-Two minutes later, having furled the sails, the three shipwrecked
-mariners stood huddled together beyond the lapping waves on a tiny
-stretch of coarse sand and pebbles in a darkness that they could
-almost feel. For sound there was the swish and trickle of the surf,
-the lapping of the water against the _Aydee_, the regular, monotonous
-wail of the fog-horns, and, once, the far-off shriek of a locomotive.
-Unfortunately that locomotive was in one direction, according to Toby,
-and in two entirely different directions, according to Arnold and
-Phebe, and therefore didn’t help much in determining their whereabouts.
-Two paces to the left was a low ledge that apparently ran well into
-the water at high tide and some three paces to the right were a number
-of huge rocks, weather-smoothed boulders, bedded in the steep beach.
-Doubtless it was possible to climb over them, but Toby’s experiment had
-not been successful. Behind them the sand and pebbles shelved abruptly
-to a bed of shingle, and beyond that beach-grass and a tangle of weeds
-and bushes climbed the side of a high bank. Although Toby thought and
-thought, he could not for the life of him recall any such place in the
-neighborhood of Greenhaven. Nor, when called on for aid, could Phebe.
-
-“I don’t know where we are,” acknowledged Toby at last. “Light one of
-your matches, Arn, and let’s see if we can tell.”
-
-“I hope they’re dry,” muttered Arnold. They heard him fumbling at the
-little silver box and then came an exclamation of disappointment.
-“Gee,” said Arnold. “I’ve only got three! I thought I had a lot of ’em!”
-
-“Hold on, then,” said Toby sharply. “Don’t waste any. Let’s see if we
-can find some twigs and driftwood to start a blaze. Got any paper?”
-
-Arnold hadn’t, but Toby himself finally came across a tiny piece
-crumpled up in the bottom of a pocket. It wasn’t exactly wet, but it
-certainly wasn’t dry, and he had doubts of its usefulness. Meanwhile
-they felt and fumbled about on the shingle and among the bushes for dry
-twigs and of wood, Phebe adding to the joy of the occasion by reminding
-them that there was probably poison ivy there. However, as no one was
-poisoned, she was undoubtedly unnecessarily pessimistic. At the end
-of five minutes or so they had a collection of fairly dry sticks and
-chips and wave-worn bits of wood piled on the shelf of smooth, round
-stones, and very carefully Toby introduced his precious bit of paper
-at the base of the little pile and Arnold anxiously scraped a match on
-the box. Nothing happened, for the box was damp, and one of the three
-matches was put out of commission.
-
-“Give me one,” said Toby. When he had it he poked around among the
-stones until he found one that seemed dry on the under side and then
-lightly scraped the match against it. There was a tiny yellow flare
-in the darkness and, after another moment, a breath-seizing, anxious
-moment, the scrap of paper burst into flame, the dry twigs caught and
-a little red glare lighted the immediate scene. They scurried for more
-fuel, aided in their search by the flickering light, and Toby fed the
-fire with care and science. There was one doubtful moment when the
-flames died away to glowing embers, but Toby dropped to his hands and
-puffed his cheeks and blew mightily and the fire started afresh. Once
-well under way they were obliged to use less care in the selection of
-fuel, and larger pieces of driftwood, dampened by water or fog, soon
-dried out and took fire. And presently they were able to look about
-them.
-
-Some ten yards out lay the _Aydee_, side-on, barely visible in the
-enveloping fog. Right and left, boulders and low ledges showed, and
-shoreward, the radius of orange light reached half-way up a sandy
-bluff. The fog made everything look spectral and unreal. Toby again
-shook his head.
-
-“You can search me,” he muttered helplessly.
-
-“Perhaps if we climbed that bluff,” suggested Arnold, “we might find a
-road or something.”
-
-“Yes, we could try that, or we could keep along the shore. First of
-all, though, I’m for getting sort of dried out.”
-
-Phebe had already seated herself as near the fire as she dared, and,
-shielding her face with her hands, was sighing luxuriously. The boys
-followed her example, but although the flames gave out a pleasant
-heat and their damp garments steamed in it, the warmth didn’t seem to
-penetrate to their chilled bodies, and, as Arnold said, while you were
-toasting on one side you were shivering on the other. But by dint of
-revolving, like a roast on a spit, they did finally get some of the
-chill out of their bodies, and while they did it they discussed ways
-and means.
-
-“Climbing that bluff in the dark doesn’t look good to me,” said Toby.
-“I guess it would be hard enough to do it in the daytime. The best
-thing we can do is hike along the shore. We’re bound to find a house or
-a road or something after a while.”
-
-“Well, which way shall we hike?” asked Arnold.
-
-Toby pointed to the left――he had his back to the bluff then――and
-replied: “That way, of course, if we want to get home. The other way
-would take us down the island toward Shinnecock.”
-
-But Arnold had got completely turned around and couldn’t see it, at
-all, and it took Toby and Phebe many minutes to convince him. Even then
-he was not so much convinced as he was silenced by numbers.
-
-“Will the boat be all right, do you think?” he asked.
-
-“Yes, she can’t get away, and we’ll come around at high tide tomorrow
-with the _Frolic_ and pull her off. I guess she’ll come easily enough
-if she doesn’t settle in the sand any more, and she won’t unless a sea
-gets up.”
-
-“What do you suppose our folks are thinking?” asked Phebe in a troubled
-voice.
-
-“That’s so!” cried Arnold. “Gee, I’ll bet father is fit to be tied by
-now!”
-
-“I don’t believe they’ll be very much worried,” said Toby. “Dad will
-figure it out we got lost in the fog and that we’ve had to land
-wherever we could. What time is it, now, I wonder?”
-
-“Nearly half-past nine,” answered Arnold holding the dial of his watch
-to the light of the dying fire. “We’d better make a start, eh?”
-
-“I think so. We can probably get back by midnight. All ready, sis?”
-
-They turned their backs on the fire and began a difficult scramble over
-or between the piled-up boulders. It was hard going, for, once away
-from the radiance, the darkness seemed blacker than ever and they had
-to feel their way with hands and feet. Presently, though, they gained
-another stretch of coarse sand and this proved of some extent. They
-kept just above the water’s edge, or tried to, for they had only the
-sense of hearing to depend on, and the surf was too gentle to make much
-sound. Once Toby found to his surprise that he was ankle deep in the
-water and, when he turned to get back to the beach, plunged down to his
-knees in a hole. His involuntary cry of dismay brought Arnold hurrying
-blindly to his assistance, with the result that both got nicely soaked
-again before they found their way back to the land.
-
-They went slowly and cautiously after that, Toby leading with hands
-outstretched in front of him, Arnold following with a hand on his
-shoulder and Phebe bringing up the rear holding to Arnold’s coat-tail!
-They climbed a smooth ledge, crossed some uncomfortably quaky sand,
-scrambled up and down another ledge, and then, having unconsciously
-borne inland, discovered themselves in a thicket of waist-high bushes.
-Toby stopped disgustedly.
-
-“Now what?” he asked.
-
-“Let’s keep on,” said Arnold. “If we can get through the bushes we may
-find a road. Anyhow, we won’t walk into the bay again!”
-
-“All right――here we go then!”
-
-So they rustled and tripped and crashed their way through the
-vegetation, their hands suffering in the conflict, and finally won
-through and found their steps leading them up a steep ascent carpeted
-with coarse grass and blackberry brambles. The brambles caught at their
-feet and scratched their ankles, but they kept on until Phebe declared
-breathlessly that she just had to stop and rest a minute. So they all
-sat down on the ground――and, incidentally, the blackberry vines――and
-got their breath back.
-
-“I’d give a hundred dollars if I had it,” said Toby, “to know where
-the dickens we are. This is a pretty steep hill, and the only one I
-can think of is the Head, and we know it can’t be the Head because the
-shore isn’t right.”
-
-“Things look different at night,” said Phebe wisely. “Maybe it is the
-Head, after all, Toby.”
-
-“I don’t believe it. If it is, though, we’ll soon find out, because
-there’s a road runs along this side. But it can’t be, sis. Where are
-there any rocks, like those back there, on the outer shore of the Head?
-It’s all clean beach except at the point.”
-
-“I know,” acknowledged Phebe. “It is awfully puzzling, isn’t it? There
-are some rocks like those on the other side, though, Toby.”
-
-“Of course there are, but we couldn’t be on the other side. At
-least――――” He paused.
-
-“We might possibly have drifted around the Head and into Nobbs’ Bay,”
-suggested Phebe.
-
-“That’s likely!” derided Toby. “Well, come on and let’s find out. We
-must be somewhere!”
-
-They went on again, still climbing steadily upwards. After a few
-minutes there was a cry from Toby and the procession came to a sudden
-stop. “What is it?” demanded Arnold anxiously.
-
-“Tree! I ran smash into it and nearly broke my nose! Here’s another
-one. Look out for it. This way. Gee, that hurt!”
-
-“Listen!” said Phebe. Obediently they stopped and were silent. From
-somewhere in the distance came the faint sound of a voice singing.
-They couldn’t make out the words, nor even the tune; that the man was
-singing was evidenced merely by the rise and fall of the far-away
-voice. But it was a voice, and it cheered them immensely, and they
-went on up the hill through the darkness and the fog, picking their
-way between the trees, with new courage. And quite suddenly their feet
-crunched on the gravel of a roadway!
-
-“Hooray!” yelled Arnold. “Now we know where we are!”
-
-“Fine!” laughed Toby. “Where are we?”
-
-“Well, I mean we know that――that we’re――somewhere!”
-
-“That’s about all we do know! Which way shall we go?”
-
-“Right,” said Arnold.
-
-“Left,” said Phebe.
-
-“Much obliged! Suppose, though, we cross this road and keep on. That
-fellow who was singing――――”
-
-“Hold on!” interrupted Arnold. “Isn’t that a sort of a light over there
-to the left?”
-
-“It is!” exclaimed Phebe joyfully. “Isn’t it?” she added less
-certainly. “I don’t see it now.”
-
-“Yes, it is,” agreed Toby, and sighed with vast relief. “Come on!”
-
-The light proved surprisingly near at hand, for a dozen strides brought
-them to it. It shone from a square window and illumined a gravel drive
-lined with trees and shrubs, a drive that evidently connected with the
-road they had just left. The window was too high up to be seen through
-and the light that came from it was faint, but it was at once apparent
-that the building was not a residence. Toby stared perplexedly at the
-gray stucco wall visible through the fog.
-
-“I never saw this place before,” he muttered. “It must be――――!”
-
-But Arnold interrupted him with a chuckle. “I have!” he said. “It’s our
-garage!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII
-
-MR. TUCKER CONSENTS
-
-
-Their troubles were soon over, and, seated in front of a fine, big fire
-in the Deerings’ living room, they recounted their adventures while
-they sipped from steaming cups of beef tea and voraciously devoured
-bread and butter sandwiches. Later the car was brought around and Toby
-and Phebe, warm and sleepy, were whisked away to the little house in
-Harbor Street, to the accompaniment of incessant shrill warnings,
-which, in their somnolent state, became confused with fog-horns. After
-that came slumber, deep and undisturbed.
-
-The fog vanished in the morning, and shortly before noon the two boys
-stretched a line from the _Frolic_ to the _Aydee_ and pulled the latter
-easily enough into deep water. Then Toby produced a chart, and they
-tried to trace their wanderings of the evening before. The knockabout
-had, it appeared, covered some three and a half miles with the tide and
-what little breeze had aided, and, instead of grounding on the outer
-shore of the Head, had drifted around the point, and then, by some
-freak of the currents, turned into Nobbs’ Bay and settled her nose in
-the sand a half-mile beyond the Deerings’ landing. She must have passed
-within a hundred feet of the Trainors’ houseboat, they concluded, on
-the way. Arnold somewhat triumphantly pointed out that he had, after
-all, been right as to direction, and that if they had set off along
-the shore as he had advised they’d have reached home much sooner and
-without struggling through thickets and briers. All of which Toby was
-forced to acknowledge.
-
-“I thought we were along here somewhere,” he defended, putting a finger
-on the outer shore. “And if we’d gone to the right we’d have traveled
-toward Shinnecock. How that boat ever got around the point and turned
-in here I can’t see!”
-
-“Huh!” returned Arnold in superior tones. “That boat knows enough to go
-home, Toby. I’ve got it trained!”
-
-Arnold spent most of that afternoon stocking the yacht with things
-which, he predicted, would make shipwreck a positive pleasure! He
-replaced the lost oar, tucked two suits of oilskins into a cubby,
-invested in a square of canvas which, if necessity required, could be
-pulled across the cockpit, and would, doubtless have installed that
-heating system had it been in any way possible. The compass, a very
-elaborate one in a mahogany box, arrived that day from New York, and
-was put in place. And then Arnold set out to find a tender.
-
-“If we’d had a tender,” he explained, “we could have dropped anchor
-most anywhere and rowed ourselves ashore. Besides, every yacht ought to
-have a tender.”
-
-They looked at three or four the next morning, but none was in good
-enough condition to please Arnold. “I want a tender,” he said, “but I
-don’t want it so tender it’ll fall to pieces!” In the end Mr. Tucker
-was commissioned to build one, a tiny cedar affair that would barely
-hold four persons without sinking. When it was finished, which was not
-until the middle of August, since Mr. Tucker was busy on another order,
-Arnold viewed it delightedly. “That’s fine,” he declared. “In the
-winter we can bring it into the house and put it on the mantel for an
-ornament!”
-
-There were no more shipwrecks, now that the _Aydee_ was prepared for
-them, and I think that her skipper was slightly disappointed. But the
-knockabout provided a lot of fun and by the time the summer was nearing
-its end Arnold had become quite a proficient navigator and had acquired
-a coat of tan that was the envy of his friends at the Head. Toby said
-it was more than a coat, it was a regular ulster! The _Aydee_ sailed in
-two races in August, one a handicap affair in which her time allowance
-of a minute and forty seconds enabled her to almost but not quite win,
-and the other a contest for twenty-one-footers in which she was badly
-outdistanced. Perhaps the fact that Toby sailed the _Aydee_ in the
-first race and that Arnold and Frank Lamson manned her in the second
-may have had something to do with the results. Once imbued with the
-racing mania, Arnold liked nothing better than putting out into the
-bay and trying conclusions with any sailing craft that hove in sight.
-He didn’t much care how big the opponent might be or how much sail she
-carried. He was always ready and eager for a brush. Usually he was
-outsailed or outmaneuvered, but now and then he came home victor and
-was extremely proud until some craft unkindly beat him the next day.
-
-But life wasn’t all racing, for the _Aydee_ was frequently put to more
-humdrum uses, as when, one fine day toward the last of the month,
-Arnold, Toby, Frank and Phebe embarked with many baskets and bundles
-and sailed away to a pleasant spot far down on the south shore of
-the bay and picnicked. Confidentially, both Toby and Frank favored
-using the _Frolic_ for the expedition, but Arnold nowadays considered
-motorboating poor sport and wouldn’t listen to any such proposal.
-Fortunately, they had a good breeze all day and the _Aydee_ performed
-beautifully. The boys took bathing suits along and as soon as the
-anchor was dropped they rowed ashore, converted a clump of bushes into
-a bath-house, and got ready for the water. Then they returned to the
-yacht and dived off the deck to their hearts’ content, while Phebe,
-more practical, placed the baskets in the tender and went ashore to
-“set the table.” They lunched on a grassy knoll between the bay and a
-winding inlet. Every one had provided a share of the provender and,
-while there was some duplication, the result included a marvelous
-variety of viands. Frank pretended to think picnics a great bore, but
-it was observed by the others that he did his full share of eating. On
-the whole, Frank was fairly good company that day, and Toby and Phebe
-liked him better than they ever had before. Possibly Arnold, whose
-guest he was, had cautioned him to make himself agreeable.
-
-They tried bathing in the inlet after their repast, but voted the water
-too warm, and so went for a long walk up the shore, in the course of
-which Arnold managed to cut his foot rather deeply on a shell. Phebe
-applied first-aid by sacrificing a handkerchief and they returned to
-the scene of the luncheon, packed up and embarked once more. They
-sailed home with the sun slanting at them across the quiet water and
-reached harbor just as twilight was stealing down through the little
-village. They all voted the excursion a huge success and promised
-themselves another, but it didn’t take place that summer for the season
-was fast nearing its close and there were so many, many other things to
-be done.
-
-About that time Toby balanced his books, so to speak, and found himself
-in possession of a sum of money slightly in excess of two hundred
-and seventy-five dollars, or, to be more exact, in possession of a
-bank book crediting him with that amount. He could reckon on another
-three weeks or so of ferrying, and that, he believed ought to add some
-forty-five dollars more to his fund, leaving him with a final grand
-total of three hundred and twenty dollars. He and Arnold had figured
-that three hundred and fifty would see him through the first year at
-Yardley Hall School, but Toby realized that an expenditure of something
-like forty dollars would be necessary for clothes. What he had was all
-well enough for Greenhaven, but not quite good enough for Yardley. A
-new suit of clothes would cost him twenty-five dollars, he supposed,
-leaving fifteen for other supplies. Consequently, he would be about
-seventy dollars shy of the required sum by the middle of September, and
-where to get that seventy dollars worried Toby considerably.
-
-Of course it wasn’t absolutely settled that he was to go to Yardley,
-even if he found the necessary amount of money, but he was pretty sure
-that his father meant to consent finally, and as for his mother, why
-she had already promised her support, although that was still a secret
-between her and the boy. It was time, Toby told himself, to have the
-question settled, and so that evening he broached the matter again to
-his father, with the result that the next evening Arnold was on hand
-with the school catalogue and a large fund of enthusiasm, both of which
-doubtless influenced Mr. Tucker in his ultimate decision. The catalogue
-was gone through very thoroughly, Arnold explaining. The pictures were
-viewed, the study courses discussed, and the matter of expense gravely
-considered. Toby let his father and Arnold do the talking, maintaining
-for the most part a discreet and anxious silence.
-
-“Well, I don’t know,” said Mr. Tucker at last. “I suppose if Toby wants
-to try it for a year there’s no harm done except the spending of a
-considerable amount of money. You say he’s got to go there three years
-anyway, and maybe four, to finish up, eh?”
-
-“Probably four, sir,” answered Arnold. “He might get into the fourth
-class, but I guess it would be the third. Of course, some fellows do
-the four years in three, and maybe Toby could.”
-
-“H’m. Well, Toby, one year will use all your money up. What’ll you do
-next year?”
-
-“I’ll make more before that,” replied Toby with a fine assurance.
-“There’s the ferry, dad, you know. I ought to do better with that next
-summer, don’t you think?”
-
-“Likely you ought. But where do you expect to get the seventy dollars
-you need for this year, son? If you’re counting on me――!” Mr. Tucker
-shook his head. “I might be able to help you a little: say twenty-five
-or thirty; but seventy’s too much for me.”
-
-“If you’ll let me have twenty-five I’ll get hold of the rest somewhere,
-sir. You see I don’t have to pay it all now. I can pay it in three lots
-if I like, fifty dollars now, fifty dollars in January and twenty-five
-in April. Arnold doesn’t seem to think there’d be much chance of
-earning a little at school, but you――you read about fellows doing it.”
-
-“I guess you read a lot in stories that ain’t just so,” replied his
-father, dryly. “Well, all right, son. It’s your money. If you want
-to spend it this way I’m willing. I hope you’ll get enough learning
-to come out even, though. If I was you I’d make up my mind to get my
-money’s worth, I think. Money ain’t so easy come by these days!”
-
-“Hooray!” shouted Arnold. “That’s fine, Mr. Tucker! Toby, you sit down
-there this minute and write your application!”
-
-“What application?” asked Toby.
-
-“Why, you’ve got to apply for admission, of course! And the sooner you
-do it the better chance you’ll have. For all we know the enrollment may
-be already filled for this fall.”
-
-“Oh!” said Toby blankly. “I didn’t know that. I thought all I had to do
-was just――just go! Suppose they’ve got all they want! Wouldn’t that be
-the dickens? Here, where’s the pen and ink, sis? Why didn’t you tell me
-about this application business, Arn? I’d have done it two months ago!”
-
-“Goodness me,” sighed Mrs. Tucker, “I do hope you ain’t too late, Toby!
-That would be an awful disappointment, now, wouldn’t it? You don’t
-think he is, do you, Arnold?”
-
-“No, ma’am, I don’t think so. Lots of fellows have joined school just
-before it has opened. But I guess it’ll be safer to write now.”
-
-“What’ll I say?” demanded Toby. “Who do I write to? Hadn’t dad ought to
-do it instead of me?”
-
-“Just as you like, Toby. I guess it doesn’t matter who writes it.
-You’ll have to give your parents’ names and the names of two other
-residents of your town. It’s a good idea to have one of them your
-minister. They like that,” added Arnold, wisely.
-
-That application was posted inside of an hour, Toby dropping it into
-the box at the postoffice after saying good-night to Arnold at the
-landing, and for the next week he was on tenter-hooks of anxiety. But
-the answer came in due time, and Toby slit the envelope with trembling
-fingers.
-
-The school secretary acknowledged the receipt of Mr. Tobias Tucker’s
-letter, enclosed a form for him to fill out and sign and instructed him
-to mail form and remittance for fifty-five dollars before the beginning
-of the Fall Term. Toby clapped his cap on his head and tore out of the
-house in search of Arnold.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX
-
-TOBY ACCEPTS A CHALLENGE
-
-
-Of course Arnold was quite as pleased as Toby, and they spent the rest
-of that forenoon in laying glorious plans for the school year and in
-discussing the manners and customs of Yardley Hall. Arnold proudly
-reiterated that it was the best school in the country, and Toby gravely
-and unhesitatingly agreed. He already felt a certain proprietorship in
-that institution and was every bit as ready as his chum to fight in
-defense of its honor and fame! Fortunately for them, the ferry business
-was slack today, otherwise they would never have been able to talk all
-they wanted to on such an engrossing subject.
-
-Passengers were “queer birds, anyway,” to quote Arnold. One day they
-would appear in numbers, and the next day, as like as not, only two or
-three would turn up. But, passengers or no passengers, the trip across
-to Johnstown was a pleasant diversion, saving when the weather was bad,
-and both boys enjoyed it. And so did Phebe as often as she went with
-them, which was likely to be at least once a day. They never failed to
-enjoy the leisurely journey back and forth, for there was always plenty
-to talk about and always plenty to see. Launches and sailboats dotted
-the bay in fair weather, and now and then a rusty-sided oilboat or
-collier was passed, or a fussy, whistling tug rolled by with a tandem
-of scows in tow. Several times Frank Lamson joined them, and, since he
-invariably insisted on paying his way, could not very well be refused
-a seat in the launch. Frank, however, was less objectionable to Toby
-by now, whether he really strove to behave himself or because Toby was
-growing used to him. In any case, Frank could be very good company when
-he chose, just as he could be most intolerably offensive when in the
-mood.
-
-He was in the mood one fine, crisp afternoon when, having loitered down
-to the landing, hands in pockets and a somewhat discontented look on
-his face, he decided at the last instant to make the trip. Toby gravely
-accepted the passage money and silently wished Frank anywhere but in
-the launch. On the way across Arnold railed Frank on a defeat suffered
-a few days before by the Spanish Head baseball team, which did not in
-the least improve the latter’s disposition. However, the Johnstown
-landing was made without unpleasantness and the lone passenger, a
-little dark-visaged peddler who in some miraculous manner carried two
-huge, bursting valises, was set ashore. No one appeared for the return
-trip and the launch presently turned her nose homeward with Toby at the
-engine and Arnold and Frank in the stern, the former steering. It was
-Arnold who introduced the subject of bathing with a careless remark
-to the effect that the water looked dandy and he wished he had his
-bathing-suit along.
-
-“You don’t need a bathing-suit out here,” said Toby, testing the
-commutator with the point of a screw-driver and mentally deciding to
-put a new spring on before the next trip. “Go ahead in if you like.
-I’ll slow down and tow you.”
-
-“You don’t need to slow down,” answered Arnold. “I can swim as fast as
-you’re going now.” Which, as the launch was making a fair six miles,
-was a slight exaggeration.
-
-“What’s the fastest any one ever swam a mile, anyway?” inquired Toby.
-
-“About twenty-four minutes, I think,” answered Arnold.
-
-“Twenty-three and about sixteen seconds,” corrected Frank in a superior
-tone. “That’s professional, I guess. Some Australian chap. It takes
-those fellows to swim. We don’t know anything about it in this country.”
-
-“Don’t we? What’s the matter with that Honolulu chap, Duke Somebody?
-He’s a corker.”
-
-“He’s a Hawaiian. I said in this country.”
-
-“Well, he’s an American, just the same,” insisted Arnold. “And there
-was a chap who swam from the Battery in New York to Sandy Hook just
-the other day in just over seven hours. That’s about twenty miles. So
-he made almost three miles an hour. Lots of the fancy records you hear
-about are made in tanks. Swimming in open water, with waves and tides
-and――and――――”
-
-“Sharks,” offered Toby.
-
-“And wind is another thing entirely.”
-
-“I know that,” granted Frank. “I’ve swum two hundred and twenty yards
-in a tank in three minutes myself. It isn’t hard.”
-
-“Three minutes!” exclaimed Arnold. “Why, you couldn’t have! That would
-mean twenty-four minutes for a mile, and――――”
-
-“No, it wouldn’t,” denied Frank. “You can do a short distance without
-getting tired. It’s like sprinting. According to your talk, any one who
-could do the two-twenty in twenty-two and three-fifths could run the
-mile in about three minutes! And the best time for the mile is four
-minutes and something.”
-
-“Well, just the same,” demurred Arnold, “three minutes is mighty fast
-time for two hundred and twenty yards, even in still water. I guess
-your watch must have been wrong.”
-
-“It wasn’t my watch and it wasn’t wrong,” answered Frank, huffily.
-“Besides, lots of fellows have done two-twenty in a good deal less than
-three minutes.”
-
-“All right. I don’t say they haven’t. All I know is that I never saw
-you swim in any such style, Frank. You’ll have to show us, won’t he,
-Toby?”
-
-“Well, seeing’s believing,” said Toby. “How big are these tanks you
-fellows talk about? Seems to me if they’re an eighth of a mile long
-they must look like rivers. Where do you find them?”
-
-“They aren’t an eighth of a mile long,” grunted Frank. “You swim the
-length of the tank enough times to make the distance. You could do it
-quicker if you didn’t have to turn all the time. If you don’t believe I
-can do it in three minutes I’ll show you when we get back to school.”
-
-“Well, I wouldn’t care so much about being able to make time in a
-tank,” said Toby, judicially. “What a fellow wants to do is to be able
-to swim like the dickens in real water, I guess. And swimming fast
-isn’t half so necessary as being able to swim far. If you fell off a
-steamer away out to sea――――”
-
-“If you were silly enough to fall off a steamer you’d deserve to
-drown,” growled Frank.
-
-“And I guess I should,” laughed Toby, “unless I had a life-belt on.
-Anyway, you might find yourself in the water without exactly falling
-off the boat. You might be shipwrecked or blown up by a torpedo or the
-ship might get on fire. In a case like that you want to be able to keep
-afloat a good, long while. Being a fast swimmer wouldn’t count much.
-How far have you ever swum, Arn?”
-
-“Me? Oh, not far. Maybe a half-mile. And I guess I rested plenty of
-times doing it. I’m a punk swimmer.”
-
-“You can dive finely, though,” said Toby.
-
-“Not so well as you can. Say, let’s go in this afternoon over at the
-beach.”
-
-“What’s the matter with going in now?” asked Frank. “You fellows afraid
-of deep water?”
-
-“I’m not,” answered Toby. “I can drown just as easily in six feet as
-sixty. If you like we’ll drop anchor off the end of the island and have
-a swim. I wouldn’t object a bit. How about you, Arn?”
-
-“I don’t know. Isn’t the water awfully cold out here?”
-
-“Not so very. About sixty, I guess. That isn’t bad. I suppose these
-tanks you tell about are nice and warm, eh?”
-
-“Too warm,” said Arnold. “I’ll go in if you fellows will. Maybe Frank
-will give us an exhibition.”
-
-“I’ll race either of you any distance you like,” replied Frank,
-nettled. “And I’ll give you a start.”
-
-“You give Toby a start,” laughed Arnold, “and you’ll never catch him.”
-
-“Bet you I can give you a quarter of the way to the lighthouse landing
-and beat you to it,” said Frank to Toby.
-
-Toby, who had already disengaged the clutch, looked musingly toward
-the island which lay nearly a quarter-mile away to starboard. “Maybe
-you can,” he replied finally, “and then again maybe you can’t. I don’t
-believe I ever swam an eighth of a mile in three minutes, but I guess I
-can reach the landing ahead of you, Frank. And I don’t need any start,
-either.”
-
-Frank was pulling off his clothes and folding them neatly on the seat.
-“You fellows who live along the water always think you can swim and
-sail boats and all that,” he sneered, “but I notice that the city
-fellows can generally beat you at it when they come along.”
-
-“Oh, sometimes,” agreed Toby. “Throw that anchor over, Arn, will you?”
-Toby shut off the engine and began to disrobe. “Wish we had a couple
-of towels aboard. This breeze is going to be sort of cold when we get
-back.”
-
-“I’m not in this race,” said Arnold, as he kicked off his shoes. “You
-two fellows would leave me away behind. I’ll meet you at the landing.”
-
-“How shall we start?” asked Frank. “Dive from the rail or――――”
-
-“Yes, I guess so. Arn can give us the word if he isn’t going to race
-himself. All ready?”
-
-“All ready,” answered Frank.
-
-The two boys stood on the seat, side by side, and poised themselves for
-the plunge. Arnold, only half undressed, gave the signal and over they
-went.
-
-Toby reappeared a good two yards ahead of Frank and then began a
-battle royal. Frank was a far prettier swimmer, as Arnold, watching
-from the launch, readily saw, but there was something extremely
-businesslike in the way in which Toby dug his head in and shot his arms
-forward in swift, powerful strokes. While both boys used the crawl,
-Frank’s performance was far more finished, and his strokes longer
-and slower. He breathed after every stroke, while Toby used the more
-obsolete method of holding his breath and keeping his head down until
-endurance was exhausted and then throwing his head up for another long
-inhalation. For a time the contestants held the same relative positions
-as at the start when Toby’s shallower dive had gained him the advantage
-of a full length, but as the half-way distance was reached, Arnold,
-discarding the last of his attire without taking his eyes from the
-race, saw that Frank had practically pulled himself even. From that
-time on the boys were too far away for him to judge their progress, but
-he waited in the launch until, after many minutes, they reached the end
-of the lighthouse landing. To him it seemed that Toby flung an arm over
-the edge of the float at least a second before Frank, but he was too
-far away to be certain. He saw the contestants clamber out and fling
-themselves down in the sunlight and then he, too, sprang over the side
-into the green depths.
-
-Toby had predicted that the temperature of the water would be about
-sixty, but Arnold, coming to the surface with a gasp, was certain that
-fifty was far nearer the fact. The water was most decidedly cold, and
-he swam hard for a few minutes to get warm. Then, looking back at the
-launch to find that he had made far less progress than he had supposed,
-he turned over on his back and went leisurely on toward the distant
-landing.
-
-On the float meanwhile Toby and Frank were pantingly arguing over the
-result of their contest. Toby declared warmly that he had finished
-a full length ahead of his opponent, while Frank with equal warmth
-proclaimed the race a tie. “You may have got hold of the float before
-I did,” he said, “but I was right there. You finished your stroke
-ahead of me, that’s all. I couldn’t grab the float until my stroke was
-finished, could I?”
-
-“When I touched the float you were a length behind me,” replied the
-other positively. “I had my arm over the edge there before you got
-where you could touch it.”
-
-“You did not! You flung your hand out at the finish and I didn’t. It
-was a dead-heat, that’s what it was, and if the water hadn’t been so
-cold I’d have beaten you easily.”
-
-“The water wasn’t any colder where you were than it was where I was,
-was it?” asked Toby indignantly.
-
-“I don’t say it was, but you’re more used to sea bathing than I am. In
-the tanks――――”
-
-“Oh, bother your tanks!” said Toby in disgust. “You said you could beat
-me to this landing, and you didn’t, and that’s all there is to it.”
-
-“You said the water would be sixty, and it isn’t more than forty-six
-or -eight, I’ll bet! If I’d known it was so cold――――”
-
-“Well, great Scott, I can’t fix the water for you, can I? It was just
-as fair for you as it was for me, and there’s no use in making a fuss
-about it.”
-
-“_I’m_ not making any fuss; it’s you. I say it was a tie――――”
-
-“And I say it wasn’t. I won by more than a yard.”
-
-“Your saying so doesn’t make it so,” sneered Frank. “I wish there had
-been some one here to prove it.”
-
-“Sure! So do I. But there wasn’t.”
-
-“If you’ll come in nearer shore I’ll race you again and show you,” said
-Frank. “Cold water always slows me up.”
-
-“You ought to do your swimming in a bath-tub,” replied Toby ungraciously.
-“What’s the good of knowing how to swim if you have to have the water
-fixed just right for you beforehand?”
-
-“That’s all right, Mr. Smart Aleck, but any one will tell you that
-forty-four――――”
-
-“You said forty-six a minute ago!”
-
-“Or forty-six, is too cold for fast swimming. You ask any one.”
-
-“How about the fellow that Arn told about who swam to Sandy Hook? I
-suppose some one went ahead of him in a boat and dragged a hot water
-bag, eh? Like fun! Look here, Frank, I’ll race you back to the launch
-and settle it. What do you say to that?”
-
-“I say no. I’m tuckered out, and the water’s too cold――――”
-
-A cry of appeal interrupted him. Toby scrambled to his feet and gazed
-toward the launch.
-
-“What is it?” asked Frank.
-
-“Some one yelled. I thought it might be Arn.”
-
-Toby gazed frowningly across the sunlit water, his eyes for the moment
-defeated by the dancing rays. Frank climbed to his feet and joined him
-at the edge of the float.
-
-“I don’t see him on the launch,” he muttered uneasily. “And I don’t
-see――――”
-
-“I do! There he is!” Toby shot a swift arm outward, pointing, just as
-a second cry came across the water. “He’s in trouble! Come on now!
-Here’s you chance to show what you can do! If you don’t like to take my
-wash, _swim_!”
-
-The last words were spoken in mid-air, for Toby’s gleaming body was
-plunging outward and downward in a long shallow dive. The fraction of a
-second later, Frank, too, clove the green water.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX
-
-A CLOSE CALL
-
-
-“Talk about your ice-water,” said Arnold to himself, as he paddled
-slowly along on his back. “This has it beat a mile. I guess I stood
-around on the launch too long and got chilled.”
-
-He rolled over and threw an anxious look at the far-distant island, and
-then, after a brief moment of indecision, turned back toward the launch.
-
-“It’s too cold for _me_,” he murmured. “I’m going to beat it!”
-
-For a few dozen strokes he managed to fight off the numbness that had
-seized on his limbs. His teeth chattered unless he held them tightly
-shut and a fear began to clutch at his rapidly beating heart. He had
-never felt just like this in the water, never felt so numb and weak. He
-recalled stories he had heard of folks who had been seized with cramp
-and had drowned before help could reach them, and fear became panic. He
-forgot all skill and science and thrashed arms and legs wildly in the
-endeavor to reach the launch, a good hundred yards away. Of course he
-got his head under water and swallowed more than was pleasant, and of
-course he made little progress. A sudden swift, sharp pain in one thigh
-brought a cry from him. It seemed to pull the muscles taut, and, in
-obedience, his left leg doubled up helplessly.
-
-Strangely enough, the sudden knowledge that what he had feared had
-actually come to pass calmed him. Instead of the unreasoning panic,
-a grim determination to fight took possession of him. The pain was
-intolerable if he so much as moved that up-bent leg, but fortunately
-one could swim without legs if one had to. “Keep your head! Swim slow!”
-said Arnold to himself. “You’re all right if you don’t get rattled! I
-guess it’s getting rattled that makes folks drown. Maybe if you turn
-over on your back you can do better.” But the attempt to turn produced
-such a horrible pain in thigh and leg that he gave it up and, faint
-with agony, was content for the moment to keep himself barely afloat.
-When the faintness had passed he remembered Toby and Frank and, calling
-on his tired lungs for all the breath that was in them, sent that first
-hail.
-
-“_He-e-elp!_” he shouted.
-
-If any one answered him he didn’t hear. Only the swish-swash of the
-dancing waves and the slap of his wearied arms reached him. He sent
-an agonized glance ahead. The launch was gone! No, there it was, but
-he was swimming off his course. Carefully, trailing that useless,
-pain-racked leg behind him, he changed his direction. His goal looked
-leagues away and discouragement fell on him. He would never make it,
-he groaned. Despair drove out determination. He wondered what it was
-like to drown. Perhaps it wasn’t so dreadful. He prayed incoherently,
-unconsciously slackening his efforts. The water closed over his head
-and there was a queer rushing sound in his ears. The next moment, with
-wide-open eyes looking into a yellow-green void, he was struggling
-frantically, up and up――――
-
-The sunlight burst on him again. Choking, gasping, he drew a long
-breath of air into his bursting lungs and sent a second wild appeal to
-the cloudless blue sky above. Fighting against fear, he swam doggedly,
-urging his tired arms forward and back, using as best he could his
-right leg, even though every movement of it brought a gasp of pain. He
-had the horrid, haunting impression that clutching arms were dragging
-at him from the green depths below him. He tried to tell himself that
-it was only imagination, but he was beyond conviction. The pain grew.
-It reached to his left foot now, to the uttermost tips of his toes,
-dragging and pulling, pinching and twisting excruciatingly. He had lost
-all sense of direction. His sole effort was to keep afloat, and that
-was by now half unconscious. Time and again he found himself going
-under and, opening closed eyes, fought in terror to the surface. At
-such times he cried out, or thought he did, for the sounds he made were
-scarcely to be heard above the lap of the waves. He no longer realized
-either where he was or what he was doing. He struggled instinctively. A
-dozen yards distant the launch swayed lazily and tugged at her anchor
-rope, but he didn’t see it. Or, if he saw it, it meant nothing to him.
-To keep his head above water was all.
-
-And when his futile struggles were interrupted and fingers closed
-tightly about his wrist he was too far gone to realize it. A few
-minutes before Toby might have found him, in his fright, a difficult
-bargain, but now, when the rescuer had drawn one arm over his shoulder,
-Arnold dragged supinely behind, an easy burden. Allowing himself
-the luxury of a dozen long-drawn breaths, Toby swam slowly toward
-the launch, using right arm and legs, his left hand firmly grasping
-Arnold’s wrist. He had so far outdistanced Frank that the latter
-was still a good dozen yards away, and it wasn’t until Toby and his
-unconscious burden were under the shadow of the _Urnove_ that Frank
-reached them.
-
-“Is he――all right?” he gasped.
-
-“Guess so. About half drowned, though. Climb in and give me a hand with
-him.”
-
-A minute later Arnold was stretched, face downward, on the seat of
-the launch and Toby was using all the knowledge he possessed of
-resuscitation. Fortunately, Arnold’s trouble was exhaustion rather than
-suffocation, and he was breathing naturally if painfully. Pressure
-relieved him of a good deal of salt water, and after that his eyelids
-flickered and he sighed heavily and groaned. And Toby, who, since he
-had first sighted Arnold’s predicament, had been in a condition of
-anxiety that was just short of panic, echoed the sigh. His troubled
-frown cleared away and, hastily covering Arnold with all the clothing
-he could lay hands on, much of it his own and Frank’s, he turned
-quickly to the fly-wheel.
-
-“Yank up that anchor, Frank,” he said. “We’ll beat it for the Head. I
-guess he’s all right now, but he won’t feel much like running races
-for awhile.” He turned the switch on, fixed his throttle and swung the
-fly-wheel over, and the _Urnove_ responded with a gasp and a choke
-and, finally, a nice, steady chug, chug-a-chug. With the dripping
-anchor inboard, Toby swung the wheel and pointed the bow for the
-Deerings’ landing; a good two miles away across the sparkling water.
-That done, he requisitioned his clothing, piece by piece, from Arnold
-and pulled it on his still damp body, and Frank, whose teeth were
-chattering like castanets, followed his example. A square of sail-cloth
-that Toby used to cover the engine at night took the place of their
-garments. By the time they were presentable again Arnold’s cheeks held
-a faint flush of color and he showed symptoms of reawakened interest in
-existence. Finally he raised his head from the improvised pillow and
-gazed across at Toby in faint surprise.
-
-“Hello,” he said.
-
-“How do you do?” responded the other.
-
-Arnold considered that for a long moment. Then a perplexed frown
-gathered on his forehead and he asked, weakly and irritated: “But――but
-what am I doing here?”
-
-“You’re lying on your back asking silly questions,” answered Toby a
-trifle gruffly. “Shut up and go to sleep.”
-
-“Don’t you remember what happened?” asked Frank.
-
-Arnold scowled deeply and then an expression of mingled comprehension
-and fear came over his face, and he started up from the seat. But Toby
-reached across and thrust him back.
-
-“Don’t do that!” he commanded. “Lie still. We’re taking you home.”
-
-“How――how did I get here?” asked Arnold in a low voice.
-
-“Frank and I pulled you in, of course. How do you feel?”
-
-“All right――I guess.” He seemed to gain reassurance from the feel of
-the gunwale on which one hand was clasped tightly, and the look of
-alarm left his face. “I don’t remember much after I called to you
-fellows,” he said with a shudder. “I thought I was a goner.”
-
-“What was the trouble?” asked Toby. “Did you get tired?”
-
-“Cramp.” Arnold stretched a leg experimentally and winced. “It’s pretty
-nearly gone now. It was fierce, though. I couldn’t use my left leg at
-all. And I guess I got frightened. I tried not to, but I couldn’t help
-it. I was trying to get back to the launch.”
-
-“You were headed out to sea when I――when we got to you,” said Toby
-dryly. “Feel strong enough to get some clothes on if we help you?”
-
-“Of course. I’m all right now.” To prove it he swung his legs from
-the seat and sat up a trifle unsteadily――and was instantly very sick
-at his stomach. But after the nausea had passed the color came back
-to his cheeks and he managed to get into his clothes with very little
-help from Frank. “I suppose I’d have drowned if you fellows hadn’t come
-along when you did,” he said presently. “I guess I was just about all
-in.”
-
-“Yes, you were,” agreed Toby. “You had me scared good and plenty.”
-
-“Me, too,” said Frank. “Toby beat me to you by a long ways. I swam as
-hard as I knew how, too. He fairly flew through the water. He had you
-alongside the launch here when I came up.”
-
-“Thanks.” Arnold looked briefly at Toby and then gave all his attention
-to a shoe lace. “I don’t know,” he grunted, pulling with unnecessary
-violence at the lace, “how you thank a fellow for――saving your life,
-but――I guess you fellows understand――――”
-
-“Of course you’ll bust the lace if you pull at it like that,” said Toby
-indignantly. “What do you think it is? An anchor cable?”
-
-Arnold laughed, relieved. “Anyway, I hope I’ll be able to do something
-for you some time――――”
-
-“You can do it right now,” interrupted Toby gruffly. “You can shut up!”
-
-“Who won the race?” inquired Arnold, glad to change the subject.
-
-“It was a tie,” answered Toby promptly.
-
-“Toby did,” said Frank with as little hesitation. “By about a yard.”
-
-Toby glanced up in surprise and then turned his gaze toward the
-landing, now but a short distance away. “The water was too cold for
-Frank,” he said. “It must have been about forty-four, I guess. Too cold
-for swimming, anyway.”
-
-“It didn’t seem to trouble you much,” remarked Arnold.
-
-“Oh, I’m used to it. Frank isn’t. Some one be ready with the boat-hook.
-We’re almost in.”
-
-Arnold patted his damp hair down and drew on his cap. “I say, you
-fellows,” he began awkwardly, “there isn’t any reason for――for
-mentioning this, I guess. It would only give my aunt hysterics, you
-know. And dad might feel sort of――sort of uneasy, too. There’s no use
-in troubling folks about things they can’t help, is there? See what I
-mean?”
-
-“We won’t say anything about it,” replied Toby, laughing. “It’s bully
-of you, Arn, not to want to worry your folks.”
-
-Arnold smiled sheepishly. “Well, you know how it is,” he muttered.
-“Grown folks are awfully nervous about such things. Dad might forbid me
-from sailing, you know. And that would be the very dickens.”
-
-“If I were you,” said Frank, with a return to his pompous manner once
-more, “I’d stay out of the water unless it was pretty warm. I guess if
-a fellow has cramps once he might have them any time. I’d be afraid to
-take chances if I were you.”
-
-“I never had a cramp before in my life,” responded Arnold. “And I’ve
-been in water colder than that, too. What I did, I guess, was get
-cold watching you fellows race to the landing. Anyway, I’ll be mighty
-careful the rest of the summer, you can bet! Pass me that boat-hook,
-Frank.”
-
-Toby watched Arnold and Frank disappear up the bluff and then chugged
-his way thoughtfully back to the town landing. Now that it was over, he
-found that the morning’s misadventure had left him feeling a little bit
-like a rag. He had swum very nearly a half-mile at top speed, although,
-to be sure, a brief rest had halved the performance, and that was no
-slight task for a boy of his years. But the result of the exertion had
-told on him less, perhaps, than those minutes of fear and anxiety
-when, plunging from the lighthouse landing, he had raced to Arnold’s
-rescue. He didn’t feel the least bit in the world like making that
-eleven o’clock trip to Johnstown.
-
-When he had tied up at the landing he had still more than fifteen
-minutes to wait, and, after a reference to the contents of his pocket
-and a minute of consideration, he climbed the lane and made his way
-to a little lunch room nearby. There, seated on a high stool at the
-counter, he consumed a large piece of apple pie and drank a cup of hot
-coffee. Pie and coffee as a remedy for physical and nervous exhaustion
-may sound queer, but they did the trick in Toby’s case, for he went
-whistling back to the launch and a few minutes later ferried two
-passengers across the bay in the best of spirits.
-
-[Illustration: He consumed a large piece of apple pie.]
-
-Two days later Arnold came over from the Head in the morning wearing an
-expression that informed Toby that something of moment had occurred. He
-looked at once subdued and important. When they were in the launch he
-asked: “I suppose you didn’t say anything to any one, did you, Toby?”
-
-“About what?” asked the other.
-
-“About my trying to drown myself the other day.”
-
-“No, I didn’t. Why?”
-
-“Well, some one must have. Dad found out about it.”
-
-“Gee! Did he? What did he say?”
-
-“Not much. I mean――oh, he read me a lecture, of course. Said I was old
-enough to know better than to do such things. I thought maybe you’d
-told Phebe.”
-
-“I didn’t. Even if I had, though, no one else would have heard. Phebe’s
-a wonder at keeping a secret. She’s almost like a boy. If you tell her
-not to tell you can’t drag it out of her!”
-
-“Then it must have been Frank,” said Arnold, “but he swears he hasn’t
-opened his mouth about it.”
-
-“Maybe some one saw us from the Head. They might have, you know. With a
-pair of glasses――――”
-
-“There weren’t any boats around, were there?”
-
-“Nowhere near. Did your father tell you not to sail the _Aydee_ any
-more?”
-
-“No, but I was scared he was going to. He said I must not go in the
-water again this summer, though.”
-
-“Well, you should worry,” laughed Toby. “Who wants to bathe much now,
-anyway?”
-
-“Aunt was the worst,” said Arnold. “She got all worked up about it and
-I was afraid she’d make dad forbid my sailing any more. It’s funny
-how he found out.”
-
-“Frank might have told some one in confidence,” Toby suggested. “Still,
-if he says he didn’t――――”
-
-“I don’t believe he did.” Arnold stepped out and held the launch to the
-float while Toby found the line. “He wants to see you, Toby.”
-
-“Frank? What for?”
-
-“No, dad. He said I was to ask you to come over this evening. I guess
-he wants to thank you for pulling me out of the water. I’m sorry,” he
-added apologetically.
-
-“You can tell him you forgot to give me the message,” said Toby with a
-laugh.
-
-“What doing?”
-
-“Oh, lots of things. I ought to study, I guess.”
-
-Arnold grinned. “That’s sort of sudden, isn’t it? I haven’t heard you
-mention studying all summer. You’d better come and have it over with.
-He will just insist on doing it, Toby. Dad always does what he makes
-up his mind to do. He’s like you that way. Besides, I wouldn’t want to
-tell him I’d forgotten to tell you.”
-
-“I don’t want any thanks,” grumbled Toby. “I didn’t do anything to make
-a fuss over. Gee, I almost wish I’d left you there!”
-
-“I’m sorry,” said Arnold again, “but you know the way fathers and
-relatives are. They think they have to make a speech about such things.
-It’s a beastly bore, I know, but I rather wish you’d come, Toby.”
-
-“Oh, all right. I suppose I’ll have to. But the next time you try to
-drown yourself you’ll have to find some one else to pull you out!”
-
-The ordeal wasn’t very bad, however, after all. Mr. Deering was very
-earnest, and shook hands with Toby twice and patted him once on the
-back, but he evidently appreciated the fact that the boy was unhappily
-embarrassed and so made his expression of gratitude mercifully brief.
-But later, when Toby was toasting his shins in front of the library
-fire, he traitorously returned to the subject in a roundabout way.
-
-“Toby,” he said, “Arnold tells me you are going to Yardley Hall School
-this fall.”
-
-“Yes, sir.”
-
-“That’s fine. It will be nice for Arnold, too. You boys will have
-a very jolly time there, I’ll wager. Neither of you should forget,
-though, that having a good time isn’t the sole reason for being there.
-Last year Arnold rather――ah――rather neglected work, I fear. You must
-set him a good example of diligence, Toby.”
-
-“I studied a lot more than I needed to,” said Arnold defensively. “Gee,
-you ought to see how some of the fellows loaf!”
-
-“Well, perhaps you didn’t do so badly, son. I wouldn’t want you to
-hurt yourself studying.” He winked gravely at Toby. “Any time you feel
-brain-fever coming on you’d better let up awhile, eh? Now, Toby, what I
-started out to say is this: Arnold says you haven’t really got enough
-money to take you through the school year. How about that?”
-
-“No, sir, not quite enough, but I guess I’ll make it somehow. I don’t
-have to pay it all at once, sir.”
-
-“Still, you’d feel easier in your mind, I suppose, if you had it all
-in sight. It would give me a great deal of pleasure, my boy, if you
-would let me help you just a little. I don’t want you to consider that
-I am paying you for saving my son’s life. I couldn’t put a valuation
-on that, anyway. What happened two days ago doesn’t enter into this
-little affair, except that, naturally, it has made me feel a good deal
-more――more kindly toward you, Toby. To be quite frank, it’s probable
-that the idea of investing a small sum in your education wouldn’t have
-occurred to me if you hadn’t made a draft on my gratitude. But I’d
-rather you viewed my contribution as merely a token of admiration
-and――ah――affection. Now how much money do you lack, Toby?”
-
-“Why――why, I figure that I’ll be shy about forty-five dollars, sir,
-but――――”
-
-“Is that all? But surely, you’ll need more than that! Well, never mind.
-I’m going to hand you a check for two hundred, Toby. That ought to
-provide for everything, eh?”
-
-“Yes, sir, it would,” answered Toby, shuffling his feet on the thick
-rug and staring hard at the fire. “But――but I’d rather not, Mr.
-Deering. I’m awfully much obliged to you, sir, but I guess I won’t.”
-
-“What? But why not? Now don’t be proud, my boy. This isn’t charity I’m
-offering. I――look here, then. We’ll make it a loan. How’s that?”
-
-Toby shook his head, smiling a little. “It wouldn’t be a loan, sir,
-because I wouldn’t ever be able to pay it back, I guess. Anyway, not
-for years. I don’t want you to think I ain’t――am not――appreciating it,
-sir, but I’ll come out all right. I’ve got almost enough now, and I can
-make the rest before I need it. I’m awfully much obliged――――”
-
-“Oh, go on, Toby!” begged Arnold. “Take it, won’t you? Dad’s got lots
-of money. He won’t mind if you don’t pay him back for a long, long
-time, will you, Dad? But I don’t see why he need ever pay it back, do
-you?”
-
-“But I don’t need it, you see,” protested Toby, embarrassed. “I――I’d so
-much rather not take it, Arn! I would really!”
-
-“Oh, shucks! There’s no sense in being so touchy!”
-
-“I’m not touchy, Arn. I――I guess I can’t just explain how I feel about
-it. If――if there was real need of the money――――”
-
-“All right, Toby,” said Mr. Deering, coming to his rescue. “You know
-best, perhaps. There’s no doubt that money you earn yourself goes a lot
-farther than money that’s come by easily. But just remember that if you
-ever need it it’s here waiting for you, and it’s yours as a loan or a
-gift as you please. That will do, Arnold. Toby is quite right about it.
-We won’t say any more.” Mr. Deering, who had arisen from his armchair
-a minute before, stepped forward and shook Toby’s hand again. “I’ve
-got some letters to write, and so I’ll say good-night to you. And good
-luck, too, Toby.”
-
-Later, on the landing, Toby asked: “Did you find out how your father
-knew about it, Arn?”
-
-“Yes, the lighthouse keeper saw it and he told the man who brings us
-fish. And he told the cook and――――”
-
-“Well, that lets Frank out, doesn’t it? I’m sort of glad. He――he was
-pretty decent the other day, Frank was. About owning up that I beat
-him, you know. And say, Arn, I guess he can swim as fast as he said. I
-know I never had to work so hard before in my life!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI
-
-THE DISTRESS SIGNAL
-
-
-One Sunday morning, a few days later, Toby, dressed for church,
-sauntered across the road and, skirting the boat shed, went on down to
-the wharf where the _Urnove_ lay snuggled against the spiles. It was a
-sparkling-blue morning with a perceptible tinge of autumn in the crisp
-air, and from the end of the stone pier he could see quite plainly
-the shore for miles to the northward. But he didn’t look abroad very
-long, for a sound below caused him to drop his eyes to the boat. In the
-stern, leaning over with his gaze seemingly intent on the muddy bottom
-of the shallow cove, puffing lazily at his old briar pipe, sat Long Tim.
-
-Long Tim was attired in his Sunday best, which included a very high
-collar――which he called a “choker”――and a flaming red tie. Also,
-Sunday meant a pair of shiny and extremely tight boots to Long Tim,
-boots which, as Toby well knew, squeaked remonstrance all the way down
-the church aisle. Long Tim was so intent on his task of apparently
-studying the water that he had no knowledge of Toby’s presence until a
-chip struck lightly on the brim of his carefully brushed, but ancient
-derby. Then he looked up slowly and winked.
-
-“What are you looking for?” asked Toby.
-
-Long Tim shifted his position, felt solicitously of one boot and
-smiled. “Money,” he answered.
-
-“Money? In the water?”
-
-“Well, I’ll tell you, Toby. I calculate it looks funny to you, because
-you wouldn’t ordinarily expect to find money floating around in this
-cove, now would you?”
-
-“I never have,” replied the boy.
-
-“Well, now I have.” Long Tim watched for Toby’s expression of surprise
-and then went on with a chuckle. “Yes, sir, ’long about two months ago,
-or maybe a little more, I was standin’ just about where you be now, and
-I looked down in the water and see something green a-floatin’ round.
-Well, sir, it looked mighty like a piece o’ money; paper, o’ course.
-Says I, ‘It can’t be an’ so it ain’t, but if it is you might as well
-have it as the fishes.’ So I reached me a pole and pulled it out. And
-what do you suppose it was?”
-
-“A two-dollar bill,” said Toby rather faintly.
-
-Long Tim nodded. “Ezactly, though I don’t know how you guessed at the
-de-nom-ination o’ it. Yes, sir, a nice, new two-dollar bill. Queer,
-wa’n’t it? So since then I sometimes comes down and takes a look. If
-there’s one two-dollar bill a-floatin’ around this here cove, like
-enough there’s another, and like enough some day I’ll find it! Anyway,
-it ain’t what you’d call hard work, now, is it?”
-
-To Long Tim’s surprise, Toby burst into laughter. His first impulse to
-claim the money for Arnold lasted only a second. It would be a great
-pity to spoil Long Tim’s romance for the sake of two dollars! But the
-funny side of it struck him forcibly. Neither he nor Arnold had thought
-to look for the lost bill. They had both taken it for granted that it
-had sunk, whereas, had they reasoned a little, they would have known
-that a piece of paper would float until saturated with water. They had
-really deserved to lose it!
-
-“I calculate you don’t believe it,” said Long Tim mildly.
-
-“Oh, yes, I do,” answered Toby, conquering his laughter.
-
-“Oh! Then what was you laughin’ at, may I ask?”
-
-“Just――just something I remembered,” chuckled Toby. “I――I hope you find
-some more, Tim!”
-
-“Well, I ain’t yet, but there’s no tellin’ when I will. I’m sort of
-hopin’ that the next time it’ll be a five or a ten. I calculate there
-ain’t no law limitin’ the de-nom-ination of flotsam money!”
-
-When Toby told Arnold about Long Tim’s find, later in the day, Arnold
-was as much amused as Toby had been. “Say,” he gasped, “wouldn’t it be
-funny to drop a dollar over the side of the wharf some day when he was
-looking? Wouldn’t he be surprised?”
-
-“I guess he would,” Tony agreed, “but I guess it would be pretty funny.
-When do you want to do it?”
-
-Arnold sobered. “Huh,” he answered, “I guess it wouldn’t be so funny
-after all! Dollars are sort of scarce these days.”
-
-The last fortnight of vacation time fairly rushed by. All sorts of
-things which they had planned to do and had never done arose to haunt
-them, and they made heroic efforts to bring them to pass with but scant
-success. Toby’s ferry business, which had begun to dwindle perceptibly,
-kept him busy so much of the time that there was little opportunity
-for large adventures. The Deerings were to return to the city on the
-twelfth of September, about a week before Arnold’s school began, and
-that date was drawing perilously near. Already Toby experienced qualms
-of loneliness when Arnold was not with him, and he hated to think what
-it would be like when the other had actually departed from Greenhaven.
-Of course, if all went well they would meet again at Yardley Hall the
-last of the month, but there were times when Toby feared that that
-radiant dream would never come true. So many things might happen in a
-fortnight or three weeks! Suppose that bank where his money was should
-be robbed! One was always reading of such things! Frequently Toby
-wished he had spurned the slight interest offered by the trust company
-and hoarded his wealth in the bottom of the old sea-chest in his room.
-Toward the last he feared to look in the newspaper lest he read that
-robbers had blown up the safe of the bank or that a dishonest official
-had decamped for South America or some such inaccessible place with his
-savings!
-
-The two boys managed to see a trifle more than ever of each other
-during those last two weeks, and that’s saying a good deal. Arnold
-seldom lunched at home, preferring to have dinner at Toby’s, since the
-trip back and forth to the Head ate up a lot of time which could be
-used to better advantage. Their conversations nowadays dwelt largely
-with Yardley Hall School and with the wonderful things they were to do
-there. They never tired of those subjects. Generally Phebe shared the
-confidences, saying little, but, like Mr. Murphy, speaking to the point
-when moved to speech. Once when the two boys, seated on the stone steps
-in front of the cottage between ferry trips, had expatiated long and
-enthusiastically on the fun that awaited them at Yardley Hall, Phebe
-observed wisely:
-
-“You mustn’t forget, Toby, what father said about getting your money’s
-worth at school. It will be nice to have such a good time, but you
-ought to learn a great deal, I think, because you’re going to pay a
-great deal of money, aren’t you?”
-
-“Oh, he’ll learn,” said Arnold carelessly. But Toby was silent a
-moment. Then he said soberly: “You’re right, sis. It won’t do to think
-too much about play. A fellow ought to get his money’s worth, whatever
-he goes into. And I intend to. You wait and see if I don’t, sis.”
-
-“I think you will,” she answered, smiling. “Folks who waste money are
-very silly, and you’re not silly, Toby.”
-
-“I’ll see that he doesn’t, Phebe,” Arnold assured her gravely.
-
-“I’m afraid you don’t know much about it,” laughed the girl.
-
-“Arn doesn’t know what a dollar is,” said Toby.
-
-“Oh, don’t I? You throw one down there on the grass and I’ll show you!”
-
-“Well, you don’t know the value of a dollar, then. You’ve always had
-all you wanted and――――”
-
-“Oh, that’s so, I suppose,” Arnold granted. “I guess I have wasted
-a good deal of perfectly good money on silly things, Toby, but I’m
-getting onto myself now. What you say about getting the worth of your
-money is just about right. After this I’m going to, too. You keep your
-eye on your Uncle Dudley. Some of the fellows at school think it’s
-smart to throw money away, but I guess it’s just silly, like Phebe
-says. Gee, if I know you much longer I’ll be as wise as――as Solomon――or
-Mr. Murphy!”
-
-The _Frolic_ was hauled out one morning and set up on a cradle in the
-boat yard and nicely canvassed over for the winter, and that ceremony
-somehow seemed to bring the summer to an official close even though
-three days still intervened before Arnold’s departure. The _Aydee_ was
-to remain in commission until the last, for Arnold couldn’t bear to
-give her up. Frequently he sailed across to Johnstown in the knockabout
-when Toby made the trip in the launch, but toward the last he
-abandoned the yacht and joined his chum in the _Urnove_.
-
-Arnold was to leave for the city on Thursday, and on Tuesday he
-attached himself to Toby early in the morning and remained at his side
-all the day. It was when they were on their way across to Johnstown at
-four o’clock, minus passengers this trip, that he became reminiscent.
-“Funny about us, isn’t it, Toby?” he began, smiling across at the other
-as the boat dipped and rocked in a choppy sea. It had been cloudy
-and squally all day, and within the last half-hour the wind had been
-steadily rising. Toby had questioned the advisability of that last trip
-but Arnold had laughed at his temerity.
-
-“How do you mean?” asked Toby, leaving the engine and seating himself
-beside the other.
-
-“Oh, the way we happened to meet, you know, and all. If I hadn’t gone
-over for gasoline that morning just when I did we wouldn’t have had the
-row and got acquainted.”
-
-“And lost that money,” added Toby, grinning. “We might have run across
-each other some other time, though, I guess.”
-
-Arnold shook his head. “I don’t believe so. I guess it was――was fated!
-Well, say, we’ve had a dandy time, haven’t we? And we’re going to have
-lots more. Say, honest, Toby, if you weren’t coming to Yardley I’d――I’d
-hate like anything to go back!”
-
-“Uh-huh,” responded Toby, glancing away. “So would I. I mean――――”
-
-Arnold laughed. “I know! It’s jolly having a real chum!”
-
-Toby only nodded, but Arnold seemed satisfied, and by actual consent
-the subject was abandoned.
-
-Fortunately for them, they had donned the oilskins before starting
-across, for the spray was showering in at every dip of the boat’s bow
-and things were getting pretty moist. Now and then, as she quartered
-the waves, the _Urnove_ playfully put her nose under one and deposited
-a good share of it inside. By the time they had covered half the
-distance the well was full and the water was splashing up between the
-gratings.
-
-“We’ll have to bail her out before we come back,” said Arnold.
-
-“Yes, and I guess we’d better come back pretty quick,” was the reply.
-“I don’t like the weather much. This wind’s swinging around into the
-southeast and there’ll be quite a sea before long.”
-
-“It won’t bother this little boat,” laughed Arnold. “And I guess we
-don’t mind getting wet, do we?”
-
-“I don’t if you don’t. Just the same, I guess we’ll beat it back
-without waiting until half-past.”
-
-“There’s a launch over there,” said Arnold, peering under his hand to
-keep the spray from his eyes, “that seems to be making hard weather of
-it. Look at the way she’s tossing! She’s a big one, too, isn’t she? A
-trunk-cabin boat. What’s the signal she’s flying, Toby?”
-
-“I can’t see. Looks to me as though she were anchored. Queer place to
-drop her mud-hook, though. Look out for this sea, Arn! It’s coming in!”
-
-It did come in and with a vengeance, and although they ducked their
-heads to it it managed to get down their necks and up their sleeves
-and left them drenched and laughing. They forgot the cabin cruiser
-then and brought the _Urnove’s_ head around a bit and scuttled for
-the landing. The wind was whistling loudly by that time and a sullen
-wrack of clouds was scudding fast overhead. They made the lee side of
-the little landing and found themselves partly out of the wind and in
-fairly calm water. They dried their faces as best they could with their
-handkerchiefs and then set about bailing the water from the bottom
-of the launch. By the time they had finished it was so nearly the
-half-hour that Toby felt no hesitancy in starting back. No one was in
-sight on the road to the landing and so, starting the engine again and
-casting off, they slipped out of their haven and faced the elements
-once more. At the worst, as Toby said, there was no danger, but they
-could ship a good deal of water and get pretty wet, and since the motor
-was exposed the water frequently caused a short-circuit and slowed
-down the engine. To obviate those drawbacks, they headed the launch
-out so that she took the seas on her port bow, meaning to presently
-swing around and run before them. That the latter intention was not
-carried out was due to the fact that their first course took them in
-the direction of the big cruising launch which they had noticed on the
-way over, and that Toby, discerning something queer in the way in which
-she tumbled and wallowed about, looked more closely and gave vent to a
-grunt of surprise.
-
-“She’s not anchored at all,” he shouted across to Arnold. “She’s
-drifting side-on. And――hello!”
-
-“What?” asked the other.
-
-“What do you make of those pennants she’s flying?”
-
-Arnold, crouching at the side wheel, screened his eyes and gazed at the
-bits of colored bunting flapping from the little signal mast. “One’s
-white and the other’s――the other’s blue-and-white, isn’t it?”
-
-“Yes, that’s J. But can you see if the white pennant’s got a red disk?”
-
-“I think so. Yes, it has! What’s it mean?”
-
-“C. J.; disabled and need assistance,” answered Toby. “Run over, and
-see what’s up. Engine’s broken down, I suspect. There’s some one waving
-to us.”
-
-The _Urnove_ turned her length to the seas and, rocking and pitching,
-headed for the launch in distress.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII
-
-INTO PORT
-
-
-As they drew closer to the other boat the boys saw that she was a fine
-big cruiser with a lot of beam and a length of probably forty feet. Her
-cabin extended almost the length of the hull and in the small cockpit
-at the stern two men were to be seen. One was apparently engaged in
-some task that hid all but his head and shoulders, and the other,
-clinging to a railing, held a megaphone to his mouth as the _Urnove_
-came up to leeward.
-
-“We’ve broken our shaft,” came the voice across the water. “Can you
-give us a tow?”
-
-“Yes,” called Toby in answer, “if you’ve got a line that’ll hold. I’ll
-come about and run in close to you. Have your line ready.”
-
-The other waved his megaphone in assent and the _Urnove_, plunging
-past, made a wide turn and once more approached. “Stand by with the
-boat-hook, Arn,” said Toby, “in case we don’t catch it. Don’t fall
-overboard, though! Ready, now!”
-
-The little launch again drew close to the cruiser, Toby steering her
-to the leeward and as near as he dared venture. The second occupant
-of the big boat had given up his task and was bracing himself in the
-cockpit with a coil of rope in his hands.
-
-“Heave it!” called Toby.
-
-The coil shot across the few yards of water straight for the _Urnove’s_
-bow, but the wind seized and deflected it and, although Arnold did his
-best with the boat-hook, they missed it.
-
-Coming around again was wet business, and plugging back in the teeth of
-the wind and water was none too easy. Those on the cruiser were ready
-for another attempt and as the _Urnove_ plunged slowly past the coil
-was again thrown and this time Arnold got it and in a moment had made
-it fast to the stern cleat. On the other boat――the name on the bow was
-_Sinbad_――one of the crew crept forward along the heaving, slippery
-deck and secured the cable at the bow. Meanwhile the second occupant of
-the boat was speaking through cupped hands.
-
-“Much obliged, you fellows! Can you make Cutchogue Harbor?”
-
-“No,” called Toby. “We’ll tow you to Johnstown, over there, or into
-Greenhaven. Which do you say?”
-
-“That won’t do, thanks. We’ve got to get to Cutchogue. This boat’ll
-tow easily,” insisted the man. “Name your own price, like a good
-fellow. It’s mighty important that we get to Cutchogue. Come on now!
-Can’t you do it for us? Any figure you say and we’ll pay you the minute
-we get there!”
-
-Toby, keeping the _Urnove’s_ bows to the sea, reflected a moment. Then
-he turned questioningly to Arnold.
-
-“What do you say?” he asked.
-
-“Let’s try it!” said Arnold eagerly. “It’ll be a lark!”
-
-“If we don’t founder doing it,” replied Toby grimly. “All right. I’m
-game.” He shouted across to the cruiser then. “Glad to take you to
-Greenhaven or anywhere down here for nothing,” he called. “But if you
-want to go to Cutchogue I’ll have to charge you something. I won’t
-promise to get you there, either, but I’ll do my best.”
-
-“Good boy!” was the response. “What’s your figure?”
-
-Toby turned quickly to Arnold. “What’s twenty-five from seventy?” he
-demanded.
-
-“What?” gasped Arnold blankly.
-
-But Toby had solved the problem himself. “Forty-five dollars,” he
-shouted.
-
-“Go to it, feller!” The man waved his hand gayly. “You’re a sportsman!”
-
-“All right,” answered Toby. “Give me plenty of cable. Here goes!”
-
-Toby speeded up the engine, the cable tightened, the _Urnove’s_
-propeller thrashed and churned as the weight of the bigger boat was
-felt, and for a moment, while the stout rope strained and dripped
-water, the outcome appeared in doubt. Then, however, the _Sinbad’s_ bow
-swung slowly around, the line slackened a little, tautened again and
-the _Urnove_, with her engine chugging madly and the waves tossing her
-about, moved ahead.
-
-Once under way, Toby slowed the engine down and headed straight into
-the seas. With that load astern the little launch shipped water at
-every plunge and Toby knew that his safest course was to make dead
-into the weather until he had reached the lee of Robins Island. There
-he could run northwest and, once around the end of the island, find
-smoother seas off New Suffolk where Nassau Point would break the force
-of wind and tide. But it was a good five miles to the southernmost end
-of the island and his course took him down the very middle of the bay.
-There was no longer any question of keeping dry, for the spray flew
-over the bows at every dip and now and then a full-sized wave rushed
-in, cascading over the seat and running astern to where Arnold was
-busy, bailer in hand. Toby steered with the starboard wheel, where he
-had the engine within arm’s reach, but steering the _Urnove_ with tons
-of weight holding her stern down was a different matter from steering
-her under ordinary conditions, and Toby had his hands full. Behind
-them, at the end of the dipping line, came the _Sinbad_, swaying and
-plunging about, and looking, in the fast-gathering dusk, like some
-wounded and helpless sea-monster. Arnold, abandoning his bailer for a
-moment, crept forward to Toby’s side.
-
-“What are we making?” he asked.
-
-Toby looked back at the running water. “About four miles, I guess,” he
-answered.
-
-“It’ll take us two hours, then. How about lights?”
-
-“Better try, Arn. Maybe if you squeeze down and get your match inside
-the locker you can do it. If you can’t we’ll just have to risk it.
-They’ll light up on the cruiser pretty quick, I guess. Got matches?”
-
-Arnold nodded and set about his task. Lying flat on the wet flooring,
-lantern and matches held under a seat locker, he finally met with
-success. Darkness came early that September evening, and long before
-the lights on Robins Island appeared ahead the _Sinbad_ was lost to
-sight save for her lanterns. Arnold, too, had to fight, for water
-entered the _Urnove_ not only over the gunwale but up through opening
-seams in her hull, and from the time darkness fell and the distant
-lights on shore twinkled through the night he had to bail incessantly
-to keep the water from gaining. Both boys were wet to their skins
-now and the searching wind, straight from the northeast, set them
-shivering. Arnold envied the occupants of the _Sinbad_, who, at least,
-had the protection of their cabin. He and Toby swapped jobs after
-awhile, Arnold taking the wheel and Toby the wooden bailer. They set
-the roughest seas about a half-hour after their start, by which time
-the bay had widened out and the wind, sweeping wildly down from Little
-Peconic, tumbled the water into a sea that might have daunted the
-skipper of a larger craft than the tiny _Urnove_. More than once, if
-truth is told, Arnold’s heart scampered up into his throat as some more
-than ordinarily ugly wave smashed at the launch, lifted it sickeningly,
-dropped it with a contemptuous bang and rushed madly astern. He was
-secretly relieved when darkness settled down. Probably conditions were
-just as bad, but they were hidden from sight.
-
-It was about six o’clock when Toby’s longing gaze was rewarded by the
-flicker of a distant light which told him that they were drawing near
-to Robins Island. A few minutes later there was a barely perceptible
-decrease in the pitching of the launch and the wind blew with less
-force. Toby ran on until within what he believed to be a quarter of a
-mile from the shore and then swung the _Urnove_ to port and, in calmer
-water now, ran toward the northern end of the island. Presently Arnold,
-who had gone back to bailing at the approach to land, shouted from the
-stern.
-
-“Lights, Toby! Is that Cutchogue?”
-
-“New Suffolk. Cutchogue’s beyond.”
-
-“How much further is it?”
-
-“The harbor’s about a mile around this point. I’m swinging around now.”
-
-“Hooray!” yelled Arnold. “Oh, you harbor!”
-
-Nassau Point, which stretches far into Little Peconic Bay beyond the
-harbor south, broke the force of wind and tide and after they left the
-lights along the water-front at New Suffolk behind they had smooth
-sailing. They towed the _Sinbad_ well up into the harbor and at last
-Toby took the megaphone and hailed the cruiser.
-
-“All right here?” he asked. “I don’t know this place very well.”
-
-“All right, thanks,” came the answer. “Cast off when you’re ready.”
-
-Simultaneously the boys heard the splash of the _Sinbad’s_ anchor. Toby
-threw off the line from the stern and, picking his way carefully, swung
-around and approached the anchored boat.
-
-“Pass us a line,” called one of the men, “and come aboard, boys.”
-
-A moment later, murmuring apologies for their dripping clothes and
-blinking at the light, they stepped down into the snug cabin.
-
-“Throw your oilskins off and get warmed up,” instructed one of their
-hosts. “I’d offer you some dry things if I had them. We’ll have some
-hot coffee ready in a shake, and that’ll do you a lot of good, I guess.”
-
-Toby viewed the magnificence of that cabin with awed interest, but
-Arnold was gazing at the younger of the two men before them. He was not
-more than twenty-one, it appeared, while his companion was probably
-three years older. Both were fine, gentlemanly looking chaps in spite
-of their old sweaters and khaki trousers and generally dilapidated
-appearance. The older one was already busying himself at the little
-stove up forward, but it was he who took up the tale again.
-
-“We’re awfully grateful to you chaps,” he said earnestly. “And you
-did a mighty plucky stunt. Frankly, I didn’t believe we’d get here. We
-broke our propeller shaft about three o’clock and drifted all the way
-down from Franklinville to where you found us. We thought for a while
-we’d be able to collar around the break and limp home, but it was no
-go. I dare say you thought we were a bit fussy in insisting on getting
-up here, but the fact is we’ve got to light out the first thing in the
-morning and there’s a chap we know who’ll tinker us up tonight. You
-fellows won’t want to go back, I guess, until the traveling’s better.
-We can bunk you down here just as well as not.”
-
-“I guess we’d better go home, thanks,” said Toby. “Our folks don’t know
-where we are, you see.”
-
-“How about telephoning from the village?” asked the other man. “You
-live in Greenhaven, don’t you?”
-
-“I do,” replied Toby. “Deering lives on Spanish Head. I guess we’d
-better go back. It won’t be bad with the wind astern.”
-
-“Well, you’re a plucky pair,” replied the other admiringly. “I wouldn’t
-make that trip again in that boat of yours for a lot of money. That
-reminds me, by the way.” He went to a locker and brought forth a purse.
-“We’d better settle while we think of it. There’s one thing, though, I
-would like to know,” he went on, smiling at Toby as he counted out the
-money. “Why did you ask forty-five dollars instead of fifty? Just how
-did you arrive at that figure? It’s puzzled me ever since.”
-
-Toby hesitated. Then: “I needed forty-five, sir, and I thought it
-wouldn’t be too much to ask.”
-
-“It wasn’t! Not a cent! All right. Here you are then, but I’d just as
-leave make it fifty――er――what’s your name, by the way?”
-
-“Mine’s Tucker, and his is Deering.”
-
-“Good names, both. My friend’s name there is Loring, and mine――――”
-
-“Is Pennimore,” supplied Arnold.
-
-“Yes, but how did you know?” asked the other in surprise.
-
-“I’ve seen you a good many times, sir, around Yardley.”
-
-“Oh, you’re a Yardley Hall fellow, eh? Well met, Deering! So am I. That
-is, I used to be. Loring’s another. Funny to meet you chaps like this.
-Hear that, Alf? These fellows are Yardley chaps! Or one of them is. How
-about you, Tucker?”
-
-“I’m entering this year, sir.”
-
-“Good stuff! Now listen, you fellows. You know where I live, Deering.
-Come and see me when you get there. I’ll be back pretty nearly as soon
-as you are. Bring Tucker with you. Don’t forget, eh?”
-
-“No, thanks, I’ll be glad to,” said Arnold. “Is――is Mr. Loring the one
-who used to play quarterback on the team?”
-
-“I am,” laughed Mr. Loring. “Don’t tell me that my fame still survives,
-Deering!”
-
-“Yes, sir. Besides, I’ve seen your picture in the gym lots of times.”
-
-“And you’ve been gone――how long is it, Alf? Six years, eh? That’s fame
-as is fame!”
-
-“Shut up,” replied the other, laughing, “and drink this. Find another
-cup, Gerald, will you? Sorry we can’t offer you anything better than
-canned cow, fellows. Dig into those biscuits, will you? If you’re half
-as hungry as I am, you’re starved! I wish to goodness we had some dry
-clothes for you. Look here, why not get those things off and wrap a
-couple of blankets around you? There are towels in there and you can
-rub yourselves dry, you know. Great scheme! Why didn’t you think of
-that, Gerald? What good are you, anyway, in a crisis?”
-
-“I don’t mind wet clothes,” answered Toby. “And it wouldn’t be much
-good to get dry and then put our clothes on again.”
-
-“All right, but pull this blanket around you until you get ready to
-start back. It’ll keep you warm meanwhile. Have some more sugar,
-Deering?”
-
-In spite of their wet garments that was a very jolly half-hour that the
-two boys spent in the cabin of the _Sinbad_. They each had two cups of
-really excellent coffee and as many biscuits as they could eat. And
-they had a fine time talking about Yardley Hall, and listening to the
-reminiscences of their hosts. They learned that the _Sinbad_ belonged
-to Mr. Loring and that the two had spent a month cruising along the
-coast from Maine to Long Island without a mishap until that afternoon.
-It was nearly nine when they donned their oilskins again and climbed
-back into the _Urnove_. The _Sinbad’s_ crew once more expressed their
-gratitude, shook hands and wished them a safe voyage, Mr. Pennimore
-reminding them that they were to come and see him when they got to
-Yardley. Then the _Urnove_ chugged off again in the darkness, picking
-her way between anchored craft, and the lights on the cruiser dwindled
-away astern.
-
-Arnold found plenty of bailing to do for awhile, but it didn’t keep
-him from talking a streak until they were out of the protection of
-the land and the wind drowned his voice. The return trip was far less
-strenuous. Free of her tow, the little launch held her head well out
-of water and, since the sea was following instead of charging at their
-bow, they kept fairly dry. It was well short of ten when, at last, the
-launch reached the smoother water of Greenhaven Harbor and still lacked
-five minutes of the hour when, tired and wet but happy, they entered
-Toby’s house to the great relief of his folks. Arnold had stopped at
-the drug store and telephoned to the Head and before they had ended
-their story of the rescue of the _Sinbad_ the automobile was waiting to
-whisk him home. Toby went to the car with him and after Arnold had said
-good-night and was moving off he called to the driver.
-
-“Wait a minute, Peter! I say, Toby, why did you ask him forty-five
-dollars instead of fifty? I didn’t get that any more than he did!”
-
-“Why, because I was shy seventy dollars of enough to go to school,”
-answered Toby calmly. “Dad promised me twenty-five, you know, and that
-left forty-five. Now I’ve got enough. Good-night!”
-
-Two days later Toby and Phebe stood on the station platform at
-Riverport saying good-by to Arnold. Arnold’s father had left for New
-York earlier in the day in the automobile, Arnold’s aunt was safely
-ensconced in the parlor car and Arnold himself was waving from the
-last platform as the bell clanged and the train slowly moved away.
-
-“Good-by, Phebe! I’ve had a fine old time! Say good-by to your father
-and mother again for me. Good-by, Toby, old scout! See you in a week or
-so. Don’t forget to write.” Arnold had to shout now at the top of his
-lungs. “And don’t――forget――to come!”
-
-“I’ll be there!” called Toby. “I’ll be there if I have to walk!”
-
-
-
-
- Transcriber’s Notes:
-
- ――Text in italics is enclosed by underscores (_italics_).
-
- ――Except for the frontispiece, illustrations have been moved to
- follow the text that they illustrate.
-
- ――Obvious printer’s, punctuation and spelling inaccuracies were
- silently corrected.
-
- ――Archaic and variable spelling has been preserved.
-
- ――Variations in hyphenation and compound words have been preserved.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Keeping His Course, by Ralph Henry Barbour
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK KEEPING HIS COURSE ***
-
-***** This file should be named 62027-0.txt or 62027-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/0/2/62027/
-
-Produced by Donald Cummings and the Online Distributed
-Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-